Safety
Getting Started
Installation and Setup
Using the Services
Printing
Paper and Media
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Security
Specifications
Regulatory Information
Recycling and Disposal

Xerox B215V User Manual

Displayed below is the user manual for B215V by Xerox which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.

Related Manuals

Xerox C8000WV/DT Manual

Xerox 6515V/DN Manual

Xerox 6515V/DNI Manual

Xerox 6510V/DN Manual

Xerox B400V/DN Manual

Xerox B405V/DN Manual

Version 1.0

august 2019

702P07580

Xerox

B215

Multifunction Printer

User Guide

, Xerox and Design

, FreeFlow

, SMARTsend

, Scan to PC Desktop

MeterAssistant

, SuppliesAssistant

, Xerox Secure Access Unified ID System

, Xerox Extensible Interface Platform

, Global Print

Driver

, and Mobile Express Driver

are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and / or other countries.

Adobe

, Adobe PDF logo, Adobe

Reader

, Adobe

Type Manager

, ATM™, Flash

, Macromedia

, Photoshop

, and PostScript

are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.

Apple

, Bonjour

, EtherTalk™, TrueType

, iPad

, iPhone

, iPod

, iPod touch

, AirPrint

and the AirPrint Logo

, Mac

, Mac OS

and Macintosh

are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

Google Cloud Print™ web printing service, Gmail™ webmail service, and Android™ mobile technology platform are trademarks of

Google, Inc.

HP-GL

, HP-UX

, and PCL

are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

IBM

and AIX

are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/or other

countries.

McAfee

, ePolicy Orchestrator

, and McAfee ePO™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the United States and

other countries.

Microsoft

, Windows Vista

, Windows

, Windows Server

, and OneDrive

are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in

the United States and other countries.

Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.

Novell

, NetWare

, NDPS

, NDS

, IPX™, and Novell Distributed Print Services™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Novell,

Inc. in the United States and other countries.

PANTONE

and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc. SGI

and IRIX

are registered trademarks of

Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.

Sun, Sun Microsystems, and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates in the United States and

other countries.

UNIX

is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/ Open Company Limited.

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct

is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

1Safety

Notices and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

General Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Emergency Power Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Laser Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Telephone Line Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Operational Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Operational Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Ozone Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Printer Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Printer Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Maintenance Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Printer Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

2 Getting Started

Parts of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Automatic Document Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Power Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Powering On the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Power Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Powering Off the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Accessing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Logging In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Introduction to Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Printing Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Printing a Configuration Report Using the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Printing Reports using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Accessing Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Certificates for Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Using Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Xerox Easy Printer Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Xerox Easy Document Creator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Printer Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

More Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

3 Installation and Setup

Installation and Setup Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Finding the IP Address of Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account. . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Changing the System Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Physically Connecting the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Assigning a Network Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Accessing Administration and Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

USB Direct Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Installation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

General Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

General Setup Using the Printer Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

General Setup Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Network Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

SLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

SNMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

SNMPv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

WINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

LPR/LPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Raw TCP/IP Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

IPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

LDAP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Proxy Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Connecting to a Wireless Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Wi-Fi DirectTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

AirPrint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

SNTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Mopria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Installing Printer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Installing Windows Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Installing Macintosh Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Installing Linux Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Setting Up the Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Displaying the Services on the Home Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Printing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Copy Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Email Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Fax Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Scan to Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

USB Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

ID Card Copy Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

4 Using the Services

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Copy Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Making a Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Using the N-Up Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Copy Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

ID Card Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

ID Card Copy Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Copying an ID Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Email Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Sending a Scanned Image in an Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Email Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Scan To. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Scanning Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Scan to PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Scan to Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Scan to WSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Scan Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Scan Using TWAIN and WIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Macintosh Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Linux Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Fax Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Sending a Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Sending a Delayed Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Sending a Fax From Your Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Fax Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

USB Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Printing from a USB Flash Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Scanning to a USB Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Device Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Device Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

About. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Supply Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Billing Meter Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Address Book Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Using and Editing the Address Book at the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Adding or Editing Contacts in the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

151

Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Jobs Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Managing Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Managing Jobs Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

5Printing

Printing Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Printing Using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Print Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Print Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Xerox Easy Printer Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Printing Using Macintosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Print Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Print Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Using AirPrint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Using Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Printing Using Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Printing from Linux Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Printing with CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Printer Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Print Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Print Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6 Paper and Media

Supported Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Ordering Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

General Paper Loading Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Paper That Can Damage Your Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Paper Storage Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Supported Standard Paper Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Supported Paper Types and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Preparing Paper for Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Loading Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Using the Manual Feed Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Setting Paper Size and Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Changing Tray 1 Settings at the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Changing the Manual Feed Slot Settings at the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Changing Tray Settings at the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Using the Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Using the Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

7 Maintenance

General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Cleaning the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Cleaning the Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Cleaning the Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Ordering Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Supply Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Toner Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Drum Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Recycling Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Managing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Billing Meter Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Moving the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

8 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Problem Solving Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

General Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Restarting the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Printer Fails to Power On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Printer Resets or Powers Off Frequently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Document Prints from the Wrong Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Automatic 2-Sided Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Paper Tray Fails to Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Printing Takes Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Print Job Fails to Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Printer Makes Unusual Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Condensation has Formed Inside the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Minimizing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Locating Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Clearing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Troubleshooting Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Common PostScript Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Common Windows Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Common Linux Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Common Macintosh Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Print-Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Controlling Print Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Solving Print-Quality Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Copy and Scan Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Fax Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Viewing Warning Messages on the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Viewing Current Errors on the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Viewing Alerts Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Using the Integrated Troubleshooting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Helpful Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Online Support Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Locating the Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

More Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

9Security

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account. . . . . . . . . . . 250

Changing the System Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Setting Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Setting Print Permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Device User Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Managing the Device User Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Secure HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

IP Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Enabling IP Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

IPSec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Configuring IPSec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Security Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Creating a Machine Digital Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Installing a Trusted Certificate Authority Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Concealing or Showing Job Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

802.1x. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Configuring 802.1x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Displaying or Hiding Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

System Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Setting System Timeout Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

USB Port Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Enabling or Disabling USB Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Restricting Access to the Web User Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Software Verification Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

ASpecifications

Printer Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Standard Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Media Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Feature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Print Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Fax Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Scan Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Network Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

B Regulatory Information

Basic Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

United States FCC Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental Information. . . . . 284

Germany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Turkey RoHS Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Eurasian Economic Community Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Regulatory information for 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Ozone Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Copy Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Other Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Fax Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

New Zealand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Safety Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Material Safety Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

C Recycling and Disposal

All Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

European Union. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Domestic/Household Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Professional/Business Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Collection and Disposal of Equipment and Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Battery Symbol Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Battery Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Other Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Safety

This chapter contains:

• Notices and Safety.......................................................................................................................................................... 13

• Electrical Safety ............................................................................................................................................................... 13

• Operational Safety ......................................................................................................................................................... 17

• Maintenance Safety ...................................................................................................................................................... 19

• Printer Symbols ................................................................................................................................................................ 20

• Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information .............................................................................. 23

Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety

requirements. Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your

Xerox printer.

Notices and Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Notices and Safety

Read the following instructions carefully before operating your printer. Refer to these instructions to

ensure the continued safe operation of your printer.

Your Xerox

printer and supplies are designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These

include safety agency evaluation and certification, and compliance with electromagnetic regulations

and established environmental standards.

The safety and environment testing and performance of this product have been verified using Xerox

materials only.

Note: Unauthorized alterations, which can include the addition of new functions or connection of

external devices, can affect the product certification. For more information, contact your Xerox

representative.

Electrical Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Electrical Safety

General Guidelines

WARNING:

• Do not push objects into slots or openings on the printer. Touching a voltage point or shorting

out a part could result in fire or electric shock.

• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws unless you are installing

optional equipment and are instructed to do so. Power off the printer when performing these

installations. Disconnect the power cord when removing covers and guards for installing

optional equipment. Except for user-installable options, there are no parts that you can

maintain or service behind these covers.

The following are hazards to your safety:

• The power cord is damaged or frayed.

• Liquid is spilled into the printer.

• The printer is exposed to water.

• The printer emits smoke, or the surface is unusually hot.

• The printer emits unusual noise or odors.

• The printer causes a circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device to activate.

If any of these conditions occur, do the following:

1. Power off the printer immediately.

2. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.

3. Call an authorized service representative.

Electrical Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Power Cord

Use the power cord supplied with your printer.

• Plug the power cord directly into a properly grounded electrical outlet. Ensure that each end of the

cord is connected securely. If you do not know if an outlet is grounded, ask an electrician to check

the outlet.

WARNING: To avoid risk of fire or electrical shock, do not use extension cords, power strips, or

power plugs for more than 90 days. When a permanent outlet receptacle cannot be installed, use

only one factory-assembled extension cord of the appropriate gauge per printer or multifunction

printer. Always adhere to national and local building, fire, and electrical codes regarding length of

cord, conductor size, grounding, and protection.

• Do not use a ground adapter plug to connect the printer to an electrical outlet that does not have

a ground connection terminal.

• Verify that the printer is plugged into an outlet that is providing the correct voltage and power.

Review the electrical specification of the printer with an electrician if necessary.

• Do not place the printer in an area where people can step on the power cord.

• Do not place objects on the power cord.

• Do not plug or unplug the power cord while the printer is powered On.

• If the power cord becomes frayed or worn, replace it.

• To avoid electrical shock and damage to the cord, grasp the plug when unplugging the power cord.

The power cord is attached to the printer as a plug-in device on the back of the printer. If it is necessary

to disconnect all electrical power from the printer, disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.

Electrical Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Emergency Power Off

If any of the following conditions occur, power off the printer immediately and disconnect the power

cord from the electrical outlet. Contact an authorized Xerox service representative to correct the

problem if:

• The equipment emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.

• The power cable is damaged or frayed.

• A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.

• Liquid is spilled into the printer.

• The printer is exposed to water.

• Any part of the printer is damaged.

Laser Safety

This printer complies with laser product performance standards set by governmental, national, and

international agencies and is certified as a Class 1 Laser Product. The printer does not emit hazardous

light because the beam is totally enclosed during all modes of customer operation and maintenance.

WARNING: Use of controls, adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those

specified in this manual can result in hazardous radiation exposure.

Tele pho ne L ine Cord

WARNING:

To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 American Wire Gauge (AWG) or larger telecommunication

line cord.

Operational Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Operational Safety

Your printer and supplies were designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These include

safety agency examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental standards. Your

attention to the following safety guidelines helps to ensure the continued, safe operation of your

printer.

Operational Guidelines

• Do not remove any paper trays while the printer is printing.

• Do not open the doors when the printer is printing.

• Do not move the printer when it is printing.

• Keep hands, hair, neckties, and so on, away from the exit and feed rollers.

• Covers, which require tools for removal, protect the hazard areas within the printer. Do not remove

the protective covers.

• Do not override any electrical or mechanical interlock devices.

• Do not attempt to remove paper that is jammed deeply inside the printer. Switch off the printer

promptly and contact your local Xerox representative.

WARNING:

• The metallic surfaces in the fuser area are hot. Always use caution when removing paper jams

from this area and avoid touching any metallic surfaces.

• To avoid a tip hazard, do not push or move the device with all the paper trays extended.

Ozone Release

This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on

print volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.

Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.

For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment. In other

markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

Operational Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Printer Location

• Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold its weight.

To find the weight for your printer configuration, refer to Physical Specifications.

• Do not block or cover the slots or openings on the printer. These openings are provided for

ventilation and to prevent overheating of the printer.

• Place the printer in an area where there is adequate space for operation and servicing.

• Place the printer in a dust-free area.

• Do not store or operate the printer in an extremely hot, cold, or humid environment.

• Do not place the printer near a heat source.

• Do not place the printer in direct sunlight to avoid exposure to light-sensitive components.

• Do not place the printer where it is directly exposed to the cold air flow from an air conditioning

system.

• Do not place the printer in locations susceptible to vibrations.

• For optimum performance, use the printer at the elevations specified in Environmental

Specifications.

Printer Supplies

• Use the supplies designed for your printer. The use of unsuitable materials can cause poor

performance and a possible safety hazard.

• Follow all warnings and instructions marked on, or supplied with, the product, options, and

supplies.

• Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.

• Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.

• Never throw toner, print/drum cartridges, or toner containers into an open flame.

• When handling cartridges, for example toner and such, avoid skin or eye contact. Eye contact can

cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge, which can

increase the risk of skin or eye contact.

CAUTION: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty or Service

Agreement do not cover damage, malfunction, or degradation of performance caused by use of

non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies not specified for this printer.

Maintenance Safety

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Maintenance Safety

• Do not attempt any maintenance procedure that is not specifically described in the

documentation supplied with your printer.

• Clean with a dry lint-free cloth only.

• Do not burn any consumables or routine maintenance items. For information on Xerox

supplies

recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/gwa.

WARNING: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can cause explosions or fires when used

on electromechanical equipment. When installing the device in a hallway or similar restricted

area, additional space requirements can apply. Ensure that you comply with all workspace safety

regulations, building codes, and fire codes for your area.

Printer Symbols

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Printer Symbols

Symbol Description

Warning:

Indicates a hazard which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Caution:

Indicates a mandatory action to take in order to avoid damage to the

property.

Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal injury.

Pinch Hazard:

This warning symbol alerts users to areas where there is the possibility of

personal injury.

Do not burn the item.

Do not touch the part or area of the printer.

Do not load envelopes.

Do not touch.

Printer Symbols

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Do not push.

Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight.

Do not expose the unit to temperatures lower or higher than specified.

Do not insert the unit in a different orientation.

Ton er

Clean the areas indicated.

Load media face down and in the direction indicated.

Load media face up.

Symbol Description

Printer Symbols

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Push down.

Push to open.

Home Button

LAN

Local Area Network

USB

Universal Serial Bus

This item can be recycled. For details, see Recycling and Disposal.

Symbol Description

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact

Information

For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies,

contact:

• United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)

•Europe: EHS-Europe@xerox.com

For product safety information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment.

For product safety information in Europe, go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Getting Started

This chapter includes:

• Parts of the Printer ......................................................................................................................................................... 26

• Power Options .................................................................................................................................................................. 32

• Accessing the Printer ..................................................................................................................................................... 34

• Introduction to Services ............................................................................................................................................... 35

• Information Pages ......................................................................................................................................................... 37

• Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services ............................................................................................................... 39

• Xerox Easy Printer Manager ....................................................................................................................................... 43

• Printer Software .............................................................................................................................................................. 44

• More Information ........................................................................................................................................................... 46

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Parts of the Printer

Before you use your printer, take some time to familiarize yourself with the various features and

options.

Front View

1 Paper Tray 1 7 Control Panel and Touch Screen

2Manual Feed Slot 8USB Memory Port

3Output Tray 9Front Cover

4 Automatic Document Feeder Cover 10 Paper Level Indicator

5 Automatic Document Feeder Input Tray 11 Output Tray Extension

6 Automatic Document Feeder Output Tray 12 Paper Width Guides

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Automatic Document Feeder

Automatic Document Feeder Guidelines

The Automatic Document Feeder accommodates the following original-sized documents:

• Width: 5.8–8.5 in. (148–216 mm)

• Length: 5.8–14 in. (148–356 mm)

• Weight: 16 - 28 lb (60–105 g/m

)

Follow these guidelines when loading original documents into the automatic document feeder:

• Load original documents face up so that the top of the document enters the feeder first.

• Place only loose sheets of undamaged paper in the automatic document feeder.

• Adjust the paper guides so that they fit against the original documents.

• Insert paper in the automatic document feeder only when ink on the paper is dry.

• Do not load original documents above the MAX fill line.

13 Automatic Document Feeder 15 Document Glass

14 Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass 16 Automatic Document Feeder Guides

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray

of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the

document.

Document Glass Guidelines

The document glass accommodates the maximum size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4. Use the document glass

rather than the automatic document feeder to copy or scan oversized, torn, or damaged originals, and

for books and magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single

documents face down on the document glass aligned

with the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4. For other

sized documents, change the Original Size option.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when

several copies are selected.

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Media Output Locations

The device has two output locations:

• Output tray, face down, up to a maximum of 120 sheets

of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the

order in which the sheets were printed. The output tray

should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is

full, a message displays on the control panel.

To use the output tray, make sure that the rear cover is

closed.

Note:

•If paper coming out of the output tray has

problems, such as excessive curl, try printing to

the rear cover.

•To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear cover while the printer is printing.

• Rear cover, face up, one sheet at a time.

The device sends output to the output tray by default. If

using special media, such as envelopes, or excessive curl

or creases appear, the rear cover should be used for the

output. Open the rear cover and keep it open while

printing one sheet at a time.

Note: The rear cover output can only be used for simplex

jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door open will cause

paper jams.

CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear cover of your

device becomes very hot when in use. Take care when

you access this area.

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Rear View

1 Network Port 4 Rear Cover

2 Telephone Line Socket (Line) 5 Power Receptacle

3 Extension Telephone Socket (EXT) 6 USB Port

2 3

Parts of the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Control Panel

The control panel consists of a touch screen and buttons you press to control the functions available on

the printer. The control panel:

• Displays the current operating status of the printer.

• Provides access to services and features.

• Provides access to information pages.

• Prompts you to load paper, replace supplies, and clear jams.

• Displays errors and warnings.

Item Name Description

1 Touch Screen Display The screen displays information and provides access to printer

functions.

2 Power On/Off Button This button serves several power-related functions. When the

printer is powered off, this button powers on the printer.

• When the printer is powered on, pressing this button displays a

menu on the control panel. From this menu, you can choose to

enter Power Saver mode or Power Down the printer.

• When the printer is powered on, but in Power Saver mode,

pressing this button wakes the printer.

3 Home Button This button provides access to the Home screen to access printer

services such as Copy, ID Card Copy, Scan to PC, Scan to Network,

Scan to WSD, Email and Fax.

Power Options

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Power Options

The Power On/Off button is a single multifunction button on the control panel.

• The Power On/Off button powers on the printer.

• If the printer is already powered on, the Power On/Off button can be used to:

• Enter or exit Power Saver mode.

• Power Down the printer.

• The Power On/Off button also flashes when the printer is in Power Saver mode.

Powering On the Printer

The Power On/Off button is a single multifunction button on the control panel. The power cable socket

is located at the rear of the printer.

1. Connect the AC power cord to the printer and a power

outlet. The power cord must be plugged into a grounded

power socket.

2. Press the Power On/Off button on the control panel.

The printer powers on.

Power Saver Mode

This device contains advanced energy conservation technology that reduces power consumption when

it is not in active use. When the printer does not receive data for an extended period of time, the Power

Saver mode becomes active and power consumption is automatically lowered.

To enter Power Saver mode:

1. Press the Power On/Off button.

2. Touch Enter Power Saver.

The printer enters power saver mode.

Power Options

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Powering Off the Printer

The Power On/Off button is a single multifunction button on the control panel.

To power off the printer:

1. Press the Power On/Off button.

2. Touch Power Down.

The printer powers off.

CAUTION: Do not unplug the power cord while the printer powers down.

Accessing the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Accessing the Printer

Logging In

Logging in is the process by which you identify yourself to the printer for authentication. If

authentication is enabled, to access printer features, you log in with your user credentials.

Logging In at the Control Panel

1. Touch Log In.

2. Type the User Name using the keypad, then touch Confirm.

3. Type the Password using the keypad, then touch Confirm.

Note: For information about logging in as system administrator, refer to Security.

Introduction to Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Introduction to Services

Services are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. Services are already installed on

the device and appear on the Home screen. Available services can be hidden or rearranged on the

Home screen using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For more information, refer to Setting Up the

Services.

The following services are available on your device:

Service Description

Copy Use Copy to make copies of original documents loaded in the

automatic document feeder or on the document glass. The device

scans your original documents and temporarily stores the images.

The documents are printed based on the options selected.

Email You can use the Email option to scan images and attach them to

emails. You can specify the file name and format of the attachment,

and include a subject heading and message for the email.

Fax You can use Fax to fax documents to a fax number, or individual

contact, or to a group of contacts. When you send a fax from the

printer control panel, the document is scanned and transmitted to a

fax device, using a dedicated telephone line.

Scan to PC There are several methods for scanning and storing an original

document. Scan to PC enables you to scan an image and send it to a

folder setup on your computer desktop.

Scan to Network If the printer is connected to a network, you can use Scan to

Network to select a network destination for the scanned image at

the printer.

Scan to WSD Use Scan to WSD Scan Profile to scan images using Web Services for

Devices profiles.

ID Card Copy Use ID Card Copy to copy both sides of an ID card or small

document onto one side of paper. To copy the card, place each side

in the upper-left corner of the document glass. The printer stores

both sides of the document, then prints them side by side on the

paper.

USB Use the USB function to print jobs already stored on a USB drive.

Jobs in a print-ready format, such as PDF, TIFF, or JPEG, can be

printed. Images can also be scanned at the device and stored on the

USB drive.

Device Device gives you access to information about your printer, including

the serial number and model. You can view the status of the paper

trays, billing and supplies information, and print Information Pages.

Introduction to Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

To configure services for your device, refer to Installation and Setup.

For more information about using the services and the options available, refer to Using the Services.

Address Book Use the Address Book to store addresses for all your Fax, Scan and

Email jobs. Once the Address Book has been enabled during

installation and setup, you can enter individual addresses, group

addresses, and speed dial addresses and store them in your Address

Book at the printer for repeated use.

Jobs Use Jobs to view details of current and completed jobs. You can view

job progress or delete jobs that no longer require printing.

Service Description

Information Pages

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Information Pages

Your printer has a set of Information Pages that you can print. These pages include system

information, supplies status information, error messages and more.

To access the Information Pages:

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

The following reports are available:

Report Description

System Configuration This report provides information about your device setup, including the

serial number, IP Address and the software version.

Call for Assistance The Call for Assistance Report provides a summary of relevant

information that you can provide to a Xerox

support representative.

Email Sent The Email Sent Report provides a record of emails sent, including From,

To, Date & Time, Subject, and Result.

Error Messages The Error Messages Report provides a record of errors, including fault

and alert codes, and the date and time of the error.

Fax Broadcast The Fax Broadcast Report provides a record of broadcast faxes,

including total pages scanned, remote station, start time, and result.

Fax Options The Fax Options Report displays the current fax settings.

Fax Phonebook The Fax Phonebook report displays a list of names and fax numbers in

the Address Book.

Fax Protocol The Fax Protocol Report provides fax control field data, fax information

field data, and Send/Receive information.

Fax Receive The Fax Receive provides a record of faxes received.

Fax Transmission The Fax Transmission Report provides a record of faxes sent.

Group Address Book Members The Group Address Book Members displays contents of the Group

Address Book, including group number, group name, user name, and

email address.

Junk Fax List The Junk Fax List Report displays a record of junk faxes received and the

numbers from which they were sent.

Last 40 Error Messages The Last 40 Error Messages Report is a log of the last 40 error messages,

with number, code, name, date, and time.

Local Address Book Members The Local Address Book displays contents of the local

address book.

Information Pages

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Printing Information Pages

Various reports can be printed to provide information about your device.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

3. To print an information page, touch the needed page, then touch Print.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Printing a Configuration Report Using the Control Panel

The Configuration Report lists printer information such as default settings, installed options, network

settings including IP address, and font settings. Use the information on the configuration page to help

you configure network settings for your printer, and to view page counts and system settings.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

3. Touch System Configuration, then touch Print.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Printing Reports using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

1. Click Properties



Services



Printing.

Note: If you are prompted to enter the Administrator account user name and password, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

2. Click Reports.

3. To print a report, for the required report, click Print.

4. Click OK.

Pending Jobs The Pending Jobs Report provides a record of pending outbound and

inbound jobs.

User Authentication The User Authentication Report provides a list of authenticated users

and login IDs.

Supplies Usage The Supplies Usage Report provides print coverage information.

All Information Pages Use this option to print all the Information Pages.

Report Description

Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services is the administration and configuration software installed on the

embedded web pages in the printer. It allows you to configure, manage and use the printer from a

Web browser.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services requires:

• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh, or Linux

environments.

• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.

• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.

Many features in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services require an administrator user name and

password. For security purposes, the default system administrator password is set to the unique device

serial number of your printer. For network printers, when you first access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services after printer installation, the system prompts you to change the default system administrator

password. Once the system administrator password is successfully set, you can access all features and

functions in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

For information about changing the default password the first time you access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, refer to Accessing Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services and Changing the Default

System Administrator Password.

For printers connected using a USB connection, use Xerox Easy Printer manager to configure, manage

and use your printer from a computer. For more information, refer to Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then

press Enter or Return.

Note: If you are prompted to change the default password for the Administrator Account, refer to

Accessing Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password.

Finding the IP Address of Your Printer

To install the print driver for a network-connected printer, it is often necessary to know the IP address

of your printer. Also, the IP address is used to access the settings of your printer through Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

You can view the IP address of your printer on the printer Home screen, in the About option, or on the

System Configuration Report.

Viewing the IP Printer Address on the Control Panel

To view the IP address of the printer on the control panel:

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

The IP address is displayed on the screen.

2. To view the Network screen, touch Device



About



Network.

Scroll to the IP address and record it from the display.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

To print a configuration report, refer to Printing a Configuration Report Using the Control Panel.

Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Obtaining the Printer IP Address from the Configuration Report

To obtain the printer IP address from the Configuration Report:

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

3. Touch System Configuration, then touch Print.

The IP address appears in the Network Setup section of the Configuration Report.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Certificates for Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Your device includes a self-signed HTTPS certificate. The device generates the certificate automatically

during device installation. The HTTPS certificate is used to encrypt communications between your

computer and the Xerox device.

Note:

•Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services page for your Xerox device can display an error

message that the security certificate is not trusted. This configuration does not lessen

the security of the communications between your computer and the Xerox device.

•To eliminate the connection warning in your Web browser, you can replace the

self-signed certificate with a signed certificate from a Certificate Authority. For

information on obtaining a certificate from a Certificate Authority, contact your Internet

Service Provider.

For information on obtaining, installing, and enabling certificates, refer to Security Certificates.

Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then

press Enter or Return.

To u se Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click the tab required:

•Status: This page provides a description of the printer and current notifications, the status of the

paper trays, and supplies and billing information.

•Jobs: The Jobs page enables you to manage active jobs on the printer. You can also view and

download a list of completed jobs.

•Print: This page enables you to submit print-ready files to the printer for printing. You can select

options for print jobs using this page. Only print-ready files can be submitted, for example PDF, PS,

and PCL file formats.

•Address Book: Use the Address Book page to create a Device Address Book containing contacts

for use with the fax, email, and scanning services. You can configure the printer to use a Network

Address book that looks up addresses from an LDAP directory.

•Properties: You can use the Properties tab to access and configure settings for your device. System

administrator login credentials are required to change most settings.

•Support: This page provides access to general support information and telephone numbers. You

can use the Support page to send diagnostic information to Xerox.

•Index: Use the Index option to find a particular feature or setting in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services. The Index tab displays a list of options available, with links that go directly to each

option. The Contents tab displays a table of contents for Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

•Help: Use this option to go directly to the Xerox website for additional help and information.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox Easy Printer Manager

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is is available for Windows and Macintosh operating systems. Xerox Easy

Printer Manager conveniently provides access to device settings as well as functions such as scanning,

faxing and printing. The Xerox Easy Printer Manger allows you to view the status and manage your

device at your computer.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager installs automatically during driver installation. For details about installing

printer software, refer to Installing Printer Software.

For information about using Xerox Easy Printer Manager, select the ? Help button in the application.

Xerox Easy Document Creator

The Easy Document Creator is available for Windows and Macintosh operating systems. It is used to

adjust scan and fax settings and start the scanning or faxing process directly from your computer.

If the Scan option is selected from the Xerox Easy Printer Manager, the Easy Document Creator opens

to enable you to scan images using the device.

The Scan window allows you to view the scanned image and make adjustments as necessary. Preferred

settings can be saved as favorites and added to a pre-defined list.

For information about using Easy Document Creator, select the ? Help button in the application.

Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Printer Software

After you have set up your device and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer and

scanner software. The software required for Windows is supplied on the Software and Documentation

CD delivered with your device, additional software, and Macintosh and Linux drivers can be

downloaded from www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

The following software is available:

CD Operating

System Contents

Printer

Software

Windows • Print Driver: Use the print driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features. PCL5e, PCL6, Postscript and XPS drivers are provided.

•PC Fax: Use to fax directly from your PC.

•Scanner Driver: TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) drivers

are available for scanning documents on your device.

•OCR: Optical Character Recognition (OCR) saves time by automatically

extracting data from scanned images and then making the data

available for electronic processing.

•Xerox Easy Document Creator: Used to adjust scan settings and start

the scanning process directly from your computer. The preview window

allows you to view the scan and make adjustments as necessary and

preferred settings can be preserved as favorites and added to a

pre-defined list.

•Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to

device settings, printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan

to PC, Fax to PC, and launching applications such as Easy Document

Creator and Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services in one location.

Note: Login is required to change Printer Settings.

•Xerox Easy Wireless Setup: When installing the printer you can use the

wireless setup program that was automatically installed with the print

driver to configure the wireless settings.

Printer

Software

Linux • Print Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features.

•Scanner Driver: A SANE driver is available for scanning documents on

your device.

Note: Xerox driver software for Linux is only available at

www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

For instructions on how to install Windows, Macintosh and Linux printer software, refer to Installing

Printer Software.

Printer

Software

Macintosh • Print Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s

features.

•Scanner Driver: A TWAIN driver is available for scanning documents on

your device.

•Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to

device settings, printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan

to PC, Fax to PC, and launching applications such as Easy Document

Creator and Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services in one location.

•Xerox Easy Document Creator: Used to adjust scan settings and start

the scanning process directly from your Macintosh. The preview window

allows you to view the scan and make adjustments as necessary and

preferred settings can be preserved as favorites and added to a

pre-defined list.

•Scan and Fax Manager: This utility allows you to configure MFP PC Fax

and Scan settings.

Note: Xerox driver software for Macintosh is only available at

www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

CD Operating

System Contents

More Information

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

More Information

Note: You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:

Resource Location

Installation Guide Packaged with the printer and can be downloaded at

www.xerox.com/office/B215docs

Other documentation for your printer www.xerox.com/office/B215docs

Technical support information for your

printer, including online technical

support, Online Support Assistant and

print driver downloads

www.xerox.com/office/B215support

Information Pages Print reports from the control panel or using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For details, refer to Information Pages.

Order supplies for your printer www.xerox.com/office/B215supplies

Local Sales and Support Center www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

Printer registration www.xerox.com/office/register

Business Resource Center www.xerox.com/office/businessresourcecenter

More Information

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Installation and Setup

This chapter includes:

• Installation and Setup Overview ............................................................................................................................... 49

•Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services .................................................................................................................... 50

• Initial Setup ....................................................................................................................................................................... 53

• General Setup.................................................................................................................................................................... 55

• Network Connectivity..................................................................................................................................................... 64

• Installing Printer Software ........................................................................................................................................... 83

• Setting Up the Services ................................................................................................................................................. 90

Installation and Setup Overview

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Installation and Setup Overview

Before you print, ensure that your computer and the printer are plugged in, powered on, and

connected.

For instructions on unpacking and installing your printer, refer to the Installation Guide packaged with

your printer. You can also access the Online Support Assistant at www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

When you configure the printer for the first time, complete the following tasks:

1. Connect your printer to a network using a wired or wireless connection, or to a computer using a

USB cable connection.

For a network installation, confirm that your network recognizes your printer. By default, the

printer receives an IP address from a DHCP server over a TCP/IP network. If you have a different

type of network, or want to assign a static IP address, refer to TCP/IP.

2. Complete the Installation Wizard that launches automatically the first time the printer powers on.

The installation wizard helps you configure basic printer settings such as your location, time zone,

and date and time preferences.

3. To view the new IP address and ensure that the connection is successful, print a Configuration

Report. For details, refer to Printing the Configuration Report.

4. Configure settings for your printer installation:

• For information about configuring General Setups, refer to General Setup.

• For information about configuring Network Connectivity settings, refer to Network

Connectivity.

• For information about configuring Security settings, refer to Security.

• For information about configuring services such as Print, Copy, ID Card Copy, Email, Fax, Scan

to Network, Scan to PC and Scan to WSD, refer to Setting Up the Services.

5. Install the print driver software and utilities on your computer. For details, refer to Installing Printer

Software.

Note: If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers at

www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services is the administration and configuration software installed on the

embedded Web server in the printer. Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services software allows you to

configure and administer the printer from a Web browser.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services requires:

• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh or Linux

environments.

• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.

• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.

Many features in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services require an administrator user name and

password. For security purposes, the default system administrator password is set to the unique device

serial number of your printer. For network printers, when you first access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services after printer installation, the system prompts you to change the default system administrator

password. Once the system administrator password is successfully set, you can access all features and

functions in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

For information about changing the default password the first time you access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default

System Administrator Password.

Note: The serial number is located on the data label at the rear of the printer.

Finding the IP Address of Your Printer

The IP address is used to access the settings of your printer through Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services. You can view the IP address of your printer on the control panel or on the Configuration

Report.

Viewing the IP Printer Address on the Control Panel

To view the IP address of the printer on the control panel:

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



About



Network.

3. Record the IP address from the display.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

To print a configuration report, refer to Printing the Configuration Report.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and

Changing the Default System Administrator Password

For network printers, when you first access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services after printer

installation, the system prompts you to change the default system administrator password.

The initial default password is the printer serial number. The printer serial number is located on the

data label on the rear cover, and is printed on the System Configuration report. It is also displayed on

the Device  About  General screen.

Note: For printers connected using a USB connection only, you do not need to perform this

procedure.

To access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for the first time and change the default system

administrator password:

1. At your computer, open a Web browser.

2. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return.

Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of Your

Printer.

A message appears prompting you to change the Administrator Settings.

3. To enter the default password, in the Password field, type the printer serial number.

4. To enter a new password, in the New Password field, type the new password.

Passwords can contain between 4 and 32 characters and the following characters can be used:

• Letters: a - z, A - Z

•Numbers: 0 - 9

• Special Characters: @ / . ‘ & + - # * , _ % ( ) !

5. To verify the password, enter the password again in the Verify Password field.

6. To save the new password, click Save.

The Administrator Account password is updated and access to Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services is granted.

Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Administrator Account

Many features in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services require an administrator user name and

password. When updating Security options, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator Account

To access the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account:

1. At your computer, open a Web browser.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

2. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer.

Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of Your

Printer.

3. Press Enter or Return.

Note: If you are accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for the first time after printer

installation, you will be prompted to change the Administrator Account password. For instructions,

refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password.

4. Click Properties, then configure the settings required.

When you select an option which requires Administrator Account access, a security login window

appears.

5. For User Name, enter Admin. For Password, enter the administrator account password that was

set during initial access to Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. Click OK.

You are now able to configure and save settings.

Changing the System Administrator Password

To prevent unauthorized changes to printer settings, ensure the Administrator Account password is

changed regularly. Be sure to store the password in a secure location.

Note: If you are accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for the first time after printer

installation, you will be prompted to change the Administrator Account password. For instructions,

refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties.

2. Click Maintenance.

3. Click Administrator Password.

4. To change the Administrator Account password, enter a new password in the Password field.

Passwords can contain between 4 and 32 characters and the following characters can be used:

• Letters: a - z, A - Z

•Numbers: 0 - 9

• Special Characters: @ / . ‘ & + - # * , _ % ( ) !

5. To verify the password, enter the password again in the Verify Password field.

6. To save the new password, select the Select to save a new password check box.

7. Click Save.

Initial Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Initial Setup

Physically Connecting the Printer

You can connect to your printer directly from your computer using USB, or connect to a network using

an Ethernet cable or wireless connection. Hardware and cabling requirements vary for the different

connection methods. Routers, network hubs and switches, modems, Ethernet cables, and USB cables

are not included with your printer and must be purchased separately.

Note: Network features are not available when the printer is connected using a USB cable

connection.

1. For Network installations, connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back

of the printer, connect the other end of the cable to a correctly configured network port.

For USB installations, connect the one end of the USB AB cable to the USB B port on the back of

the printer, connect the other end to a standard USB A connection on your computer.

2. Connect the printer to a correctly configured telephone line.

3. Connect the power cord to the printer, then plug the power cord into an electrical outlet.

Assigning a Network Address

The printer acquires a network address automatically from a DHCP server by default. To assign a static

IP address, configure DNS server settings, or configure other TCP/IP settings, refer to TCP/IP.

Accessing Administration and Configuration Settings

You can access the administration and configuration settings from the printer control panel touch

screen, from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, or from the Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

• To change settings using the printer control panel, select the Device option from the Home screen.

The Device option also gives you access to information about your printer, including the serial

number and model. You can view the status of the paper trays, billing and supplies information,

and print Information Pages. For information about using Device, refer to Device.

• The administrator password is required when accessing locked settings in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. The first time you access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, you will be

prompted to change the Administrator Account password. For information about accessing the

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and changing the default Administrator password, refer to

Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System Administrator

Password.

• Xerox Easy Printer Manager is is available for Windows and Macintosh operating systems and

conveniently provides access to device settings as well as functions. To change settings using

Xerox Easy Printer Manager, at your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager. Select the

printer, then click Advanced Setting or Machine Settings and configure the settings required.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager installs automatically during driver installation. For details about

installing printer software, refer to Installing Printer Software.

Initial Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

USB Direct Connection

If your printer is connected to your computer directly, using a USB AB cable, configure settings using

Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

1. Connect the one end of the USB AB cable to the USB B port on the back of the printer. Connect

the other end to a standard USB A connection on your computer.

2. At your computer, open Easy Printer Manager.

3. Click Printer, then select the USB connected printer.

4. Click Advanced Setting or Machine Settings.

5. Configure the device and network settings required. Click Save.

Installation Wizard

The Installation wizard starts the first time you power on the printer. The wizard prompts you with a

series of questions to help you configure basic printer settings.

When the installation wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions.

When the installation wizard has completed, to configure basic fax settings, use the Fax Setup wizard.

For details, refer to Fax Settings.

Note: After the initial setup, to change any printer configuration settings, or to configure other

printer settings, refer to Accessing Administration and Configuration Settings.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

General Setup

General Setup Using the Printer Control Panel

Setting Date and Time

Use the Date and Time feature to set or view the printer date, time, and time zone. These settings

affect the date and time stamp that appears on various printed documents and reports.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Date & Time.

3. Select an option:

•Time Zone: Touch the region where the printer is located.

•Date: Set the Day, Month and Year, then touch



Confirm.

•Time: Set the hour and minutes, then touch AM, PM or 24 H. Touch



Confirm.

•Date Format: Touch the date format required, then touch



Confirm.

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setting Display Brightness

You can adjust the brightness of the touch screen display.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Display Brightness.

3. Select a brightness option, then touch



Confirm.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Power Saver Timer Settings

The amount of electricity the printer consumes depends on the way it is used. This device is designed

and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity usage.

Power Saver modes are enabled on your device by default to reduce energy consumption. If the printer

is not used for a specified period, it transitions to Low Power mode, then to Very Low Power mode. In

these modes, to enable reduced-power consumption, only essential functions remain active.

Note: Changing the default Power Saver activation times can result in an overall higher energy

consumption of the printer. Before you switch off Power Saver modes or set a longer activation

times, consider the increase in printer power consumption.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Power Saver Timer.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

3. Select an option:

•Low Power Save: To specify how long the printer remains idle before it goes from ready mode

to Low Power Save mode, enter the minutes using the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

•Very Low Power Save: To specify how long the printer remains in Low Power Save mode

before it goes into Very Low Power Save mode, enter the minutes using the touch screen

keypad. Touch



Confirm.

Note: The sum of the two timers cannot exceed 119 minutes.

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Timers

Use the Timers settings to specify timeout periods for settings and configure Held Job settings.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Measurements.

3. Select an option:

•System Timeout: To specify how long the system waits before resetting job settings, enter

the minutes using the touch screen. Touch



Confirm.

•Held Job Timeout: To enable this option, touch On. To specify the amount of time that the

printer holds a job for attention before it deletes the job from the queue, enter the minutes

using the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Measurements Settings

Set the measurements to display in inches or millimeters.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Measurements.

3. Touch Inches or Millimeters.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setting Altitude Adjustment

Atmospheric pressure, determined by altitude, can affect print quality. If the printer is at an elevation

greater than 1000 m (3280 ft.), to improve print quality, you can use Altitude Adjustment.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Altitude Adjustment.

3. Select an option:

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

•Normal: Select this option for altitudes below 1000 m (3280 ft.).

•High 1: Select this option for altitudes from 1000–2000 m (3280–6561 ft).

•High 2: Select this option for altitudes from 2000–3000 m (6561–9842 ft).

•High 3: Select this option for altitudes from 3000–4000 m (9842–13123 ft).

•High 4: Select this option for altitudes from 4000–5000 m (13,123 –16,404 ft).

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setting Humidity Adjustment

In a specific region or season, humidity levels can increase and cause the paper to soak up moisture.

When the paper is damp due to high humidity, print quality issues can occur. Use the Humidity

Adjustment option to increase transfer voltage, this can improve print quality when printing on damp

paper.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



General



Humidity Adjustment.

3. Select an option:

•Normal: Select this option if humidity levels are within operational range.

•High 1 to High 3: Use these settings for higher humidity environments. Increase or decrease

the setting as required.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

General Setup Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Assigning a Printer Name and Location

You can use the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Description page to assign a name and location

for the printer. The Description page displays the printer model information and product code or serial

number. Asset tags let you enter unique identifiers for inventory management.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Description.

2. In the Identification area:

a. For Machine Name, type a name for the printer.

b. For Location, type the location of the printer.

c. For Xerox Asset Tag Number and Customer Asset Tag Number, type unique identifiers as

needed.

3. In the Geographic Location area, for Latitude and Longitude, type coordinates in decimal form.

4. Click Apply.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Printing the Configuration Report

The Configuration Report lists all current settings of the printer. A configuration report prints at startup

by default.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  Reports.

3. For Configuration Report, click Print.

4. Click OK.

Using the Configuration Page

The Configuration page provides current detailed configuration information about the device. You can

refer to this page to view information such as device profile, printer setup and network setup

information. You can print the page for reference.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup  Configuration.

2. To print the configuration report, click Print System Data List.

3. Click OK.

Configuring SMart eSolutions

SMart eSolutions is a suite of features that simplifies printer ownership and administration. It provides

free services to enable administration of metered billing and supplies replenishment plans for printers

on a network.

Before you can use SMart eSolutions, register the printer for SMart eSolutions. There are three ways to

• Automatic registration is available as a standard feature on many printer models.

•Xerox

Device Agent-Lite is an option for small and medium-sized businesses. To download the

client, refer to www.xerox.com/SMartesolutions.

•Xerox

CentreWare

Web is a browser-based software tool that installs, configures, manages,

monitors, and reports on all network printers and multifunction printers, regardless of

manufacturer. Xerox

CentreWare

Web is suited for large enterprise businesses. For details, refer to

www.xerox.com/centrewareweb.

Note: SMart eSolutions is not available in all countries. Refer to your Xerox representative for

details.

Before You Begin

• If your network uses an HTTP proxy server, provide information about your proxy server on the

HTTP Proxy Server page.

• Ensure that the printer recognizes your DNS server. For details, refer to Configuring DNS Settings.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Enabling SMart eSolutions

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  SMart eSolutions.

2. For SMart eSolutions, click Settings.

3. For Enrollment, select Enrolled.

4. For Daily Transaction Time, type the time of day that you want the printer to communicate with

Xerox.

5. If your network uses an HTTP proxy server, provide information about your proxy server on the

HTTP Proxy Server page. For HTTP Proxy Server, click Configure. For details, refer to Proxy Server.

6. To test communication, click Test Communication Now.

7. Click Apply.

MeterAssistant Settings

MeterAssistant automatically submits meter reads to Xerox from network printers. This process

eliminates the need to collect and report meter read information manually.

Note: If the count is zero, no data has been transmitted to Xerox.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  SMart eSolutions.

2. Click MeterAssistant™.

3. To configure email alerts, for Meter Email Alerts, click Settings.

4. Configure settings as needed, then click Apply.

For details on setting up alerts, refer to Configuring Alert Notifications.

SuppliesAssistant Settings

SuppliesAssistant monitors the remaining life of the toner or ink, and other printer consumables. When

SMart eSolutions is configured to communicate with Xerox, SuppliesAssistant also monitors the usage

of consumables. The data reported to Xerox is used to replenish supplies.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  SMart eSolutions.

2. Click SuppliesAssistant. The supply list appears with the current% Life Remaining of each supply

item.

Note: If the% Life Remaining is unknown, no data has been transmitted to Xerox.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Maintenance Assistant Settings

Maintenance Assistant provides options for troubleshooting your printer. You can send detailed

diagnostic information to Xerox

, start online troubleshooting sessions with Xerox

, and download

usage information to your computer in .csv format.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  SMart eSolutions.

2. Click Maintenance Assistant.

3. Click one of the following:

• Send Diagnostic Information to Xerox

• Start an Online Troubleshooting Session at www.xerox.com/office/B215support

• Download File to Your Computer: Right-click and download the UsageLog.csv file to your

computer.

Configuring Alert Notifications

There are several ways to set the printer to send out notifications when alerts occur. Possible alert types

include low supply status, paper supply status, and paper jams.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Alert Notification.

3. For Alert Preferences, enable options as needed.

4. For Alert Recipient Email Address, enter the recipient email addresses.

5. For Toner Cartridge Reorder Notification, enter the percentage of toner life remaining that

triggers a reorder alert.

6. To display the reorder message on the control panel, select Display Low Toner Reorder Message.

7. For Drum Cartridge Reorder Notification, enter the percentage of life remaining that triggers an

alert.

8. To display the status on the control panel, select Drum Cartridge Status.

9. Click Apply.

Monitoring Alerts

The Active Alerts page displays printer information, such as printer name and location, as well as a list

of any current alerts. You can view alert information, such as the status code, description of the issue,

and the suggested skill level required to resolve the problem.

To view alerts:

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  Alerts.

2. To update the page, click Refresh.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Date and Time Settings

Use the Date and Time feature to set or view the printer date, time, and time zone. These settings

affect the date and time stamp that appears on various printed documents and reports.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Date and Time.

3. For Time Zone, from the list or from the world map, select your time zone.

4. To allow the printer to update the time to reflect Daylight Saving Time automatically, select

Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes.

5. Select a date format, then select the Day, Month, and Year.

6. Select a time format, then type the Hours and Minutes. Select AM or PM.

7. Click Apply.

Power Management Settings

The amount of electricity the printer consumes depends on the way it is used. This device is designed

and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity usage.

Power Saver modes are enabled on your device by default to reduce energy consumption. If the printer

is not used for a specified period, it transitions to Low Power mode, then to Very Low Power mode. In

these modes, to enable reduced-power consumption, only essential functions remain active.

Note: Changing the default Power Saver activation times can result in an overall higher energy

consumption of the printer. Before you switch off Power Saver modes or set a longer activation

times, consider the increase in printer power consumption.

You can also enable the printer to power off automatically, either after a specific amount of time, or

when no activity is detected by the printer.

Note: The Auto Power Off feature is not enabled at the factory due to network activity, it is

provided as an option and can be configured at any time. For instructions, refer to Configuring

Auto Power Off.

Configuring the Power Saver Mode Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Power Management.

3. Select the Power Saver Mode 1 and Power Save Mode 2 settings required:

•Power Saver Mode 1 Timer: Specify the time the printer remains idle before it goes from

ready mode to Low Power Save mode.

•Power Saver Mode 2 Timer: Specify how long the printer remains in Low Power Save mode

before it goes into Very Low Power Save mode.

Note: The sum of the two timers cannot exceed 119 minutes.

4. Click Apply.

5. Click OK.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring Auto Power Off

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Power Management.

3. Select the Auto Power Off Timeout settings required:

•Enable: Use this option to enable the printer to power off automatically after the specified

time period. Click Enable, then specify the time the printer remains idle before it powers off

automatically. You can enter between 5 and 240 minutes.

•Disable: Use this option to switch off the Auto Power Off function.

•Auto Detect: To set the printer to power off automatically when no activity is detected, click

Auto Detect.

4. Click Apply.

5. Click OK.

Duplex Mode

This setting detects pages automatically that need to be printed on one side only. This feature

increases print speed.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Duplex Mode.

3. For Smart Duplexing, click Enable.

4. Click Apply.

5. Click OK.

Tray Settings

The Tray Settings determine how the printer manages the paper trays. There are two modes:

•Bypass mode: This option ignores the tray attributes for printing a job. The print job will use the

media in the tray.

•Static mode: This option designates a tray as available for all jobs that use the type of paper in

the tray, and for print jobs that do not specify a tray.

Configuring Tray Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup.

2. Click Tray Settings.

3. For Manual Feed Slot:

a. Select a Mode.

b. To enable the tray confirmation screen, click Enable.

4. For Tray 1, to enable the tray confirmation screen, click Enable.

5. Click Apply.

6. Click OK.

General Setup

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Billing and Counters

Billing Information

The Billing Information page displays the printer serial number and the total number of impressions

made.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup  Billing & Counters.

2. Click Billing Information.

3. To update the page, click Refresh.

Usage Counters

The Usage Counters page displays the total number of pages printed or generated by the printer. You

can see usage amounts for impressions made, sheets, images used, and images printed, copied, and

faxed.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  General Setup  Billing & Counters.

2. Click Usage Counters.

3. To update the page, click Refresh.

Resetting the Printer to Network Factory Default

To restore network settings back to the factory default values, use the Network Factory Default option.

CAUTION: Performing this procedure will delete all network settings and network connection to

the printer will be lost immediately.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Status  General.

2. Click Network Factory Default.

A warning message is displayed.

3. To confirm, click OK.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Network Connectivity

TCP/IP

Computers and printers primarily use TCP/IP protocols to communicate over an Ethernet network.

Bonjour is a discovery protocol that allows devices on a TCP/IP network to discover each other without

knowledge of specific IP addresses. Bonjour is built in to Macintosh operating systems. You can install

Bonjour on Windows devices.

With TCP/IP protocols, each printer and computer requires a unique IP address. Many networks, and

cable and DSL routers have a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. A DHCP server

automatically assigns an IP address to every computer and printer on the network that is configured to

use DHCP.

If you use a cable or DSL router, for information on IP addressing, refer to the documentation for your

router.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring TCP/IP Settings Using the Printer Control Panel

Enabling TCP/IP

1. At the printer control panel, touch Device



Network



TCP/IP Settings.

2. Touch TCP/IP Enablement.

3. For IPv4 or IPv6, touch Enable.

Note: By default, TCP/IP is enabled. If you disable TCP/IP, enable it at the printer control panel

before you access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Configuring the Network Address Manually

1. At the printer control panel, touch Device



Network



TCP/IP Settings.

2. Touch Dynamic Addressing DHCP.

3. Touch Disabled, then touch X.

4. Touch TCP/IP Settings.

5. Touch IPv4, then type the IPv4 address, then touch



Confirm. For Gateway Address, type the

address, then touch



Confirm. For Network Mask, type the address, then touch



Confirm.

6. Touch X.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring DNS Settings

Domain Name System (DNS) is a system that maps host names to IP addresses.

1. At the printer control panel, touch Device



Network



TCP/IP Settings.

2. Touch DNS Configuration.

a. Touch Host Name, type a host name, then touch



Confirm.

For the following steps, if DHCP is enabled, the Domain Name and DNS Servers cannot be set

manually.

b. Touch Domain Name, then touch the Requested Domain Name field. To type the fully

qualified domain name, use the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

3. Touch X.

4. Touch DNS Servers.

a. Touch Primary DNS Server, type the server address, then touch



Confirm.

b. Touch Secondary DNS Server #1, type the server address, then touch



Confirm.

5. Touch X.

6. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Configuring TCP/IP Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

If your printer has a valid network address, you can configure TCP/IP settings in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For details, refer to Assigning a Network Address.

Configuring IPv4

You can use IPv4 or IPv6 in addition to or in place of the other.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click TCP/IP.

3. For Protocol, select Enabled.

4. For Host Name, type a unique name for your printer.

5. For IP Address Resolution, select an option. Fields that appear depend on the option that you

select.

•STATIC: This option disables dynamic addressing and allows you to type a static IP address.

Type the Machine IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.

•BOOTP: This option allows the printer to obtain an IP address from a BOOTP server that does

not respond to DHCP requests.

•DHCP: This option allows your DHCP server to assign an IP address to the printer. Dynamic

DNS Registration is enabled.

6. For Domain Name, type the fully qualified domain name of your authentication server.

7. For DNS Configuration, type the IP address for up to three servers.

8. To send a release request to the DHCP and DNS servers, for Dynamic DNS Registration, select

Enabled. If the servers grant the request, when the printer is powered off, the current IP address

and dynamic DNS name are released.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

9. For Zero-Configuration Networking, perform the following steps.

• To configure the printer to assign itself an address if a DHCP server does not provide one, for

Self-Assigned Address, select Enabled.

• To allow users to see and connect to the printer using Bonjour, for Multicast DNS, select

Enabled.

10. Click Apply.

Configuring IPv6

IPv6 hosts can automatically configure themselves when connected to a routed IPv6 network using

the Internet Control Message Protocol Version 6 (ICMPv6). ICMPv6 performs error reporting for IP

along with other diagnostic functions. When first connected to a network, a host sends a link-local

multicast router solicitation request for configuration parameters. If suitably configured, routers

respond to this request with a router advertisement packet containing network-layer configuration

parameters.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click TCP/IP.

3. To enable TCP/IPv6, for Protocol, select Enabled.

4. For Default Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, select how DHCP operates forIPv6.

5. To specify an address manually, perform the following steps.

•For Manual Address, select Enabled.

• Select a Router Prefix from the menu, or to populate the prefix for manual entry address,

click Add.

6. To configure DNSv6, perform the following steps.

• Enter a valid IPv6 Domain Name.

•For Primary DNSv6 Server Address, enter an IP address.

•For Secondary DNSv6 Server Address, enter an IP address.

•To enable Dynamic DNSv6 Registration, select Enable.

7. Click Apply.

SLP

Printers use Service Location Protocol (SLP) to announce and look up services on a local network

without prior configuration. When SLP is enabled, the printer becomes a Service Agent (SA) and

announces its services to User Agents (UA) on the network using SLP.

Directory Agents (DA) are components that cache services. They are used in larger networks to reduce

the amount of traffic. DAs are optional. If a DA is present, then User Agents (UAs) and System Agents

(SAs) are required to use it instead of communicating directly with the printer.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring SLP Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click SLP.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. For Directory Agent, type the IP address for the Directory Agent (DA) as needed.

• To group services, under Scope 1, 2, and 3, type a name as needed. Printers cannot recognize

services that are in different scopes.

•For Message Type, select an option.

•Multicast: This option routes multicast packets between subnets for service discovery.

•Broadcast: If your network does not support multicast routing, select this option.

5. For Multicast Radius, type a value from 0 through 255.

6. For Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), type a value from 484 through 32768.

7. For Registration Lifetime, type a value in hours. From 1 through 24.

8. Click Apply.

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a set of network protocols designed to allow you to

manage and monitor devices on your network.

You can use the SNMP configuration pages in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to:

• Enable or disable Authentication Failure Generic Traps.

• Enable SNMPv3 to create an encrypted channel for secure printer management.

• Assign privacy, authentication protocols, and keys to Administrative and key user accounts.

• Assign read and write access to User accounts.

• Limit SNMP access to the printer using hosts.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Enabling SNMP Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click SNMP.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. To configure the SNMP properties, for Edit SNMP Properties, click Edit.

5. For Community Names, enter the GET and SET community names.

6. For Default TRAP Community Name, type a name.

7. For Authentication Failure Generic Traps, to generate a trap for every SNMP request received by

the printer which contains an invalid community name, click Enable.

8. Click Apply.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring SNMP Trap Destination Address Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

You can add, edit, or delete IP addresses for Network Management workstations that receive traps

from the device.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click SNMP.

3. In the Trap Destination Address section, click Add IP Address.

4. For IP Trap Destination Address, type the IP address of the host running the SNMP manager that

receives traps.

5. Type the UDP Port Number.

6. To add the traps, perform the following steps.

•For TRAP Community Name, type a name.

•For Traps to be Received, select the type of traps that the SNMP manager receives.

7. Click Apply.

SNMPv3

SNMPv3 is the current standard version of SNMP defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force

(IETF). It provides three important security features:

• Message integrity to ensure that a packet has not been tampered with in transit

• Authentication to verify that the message is from a valid source

• Encryption of packets to prevent unauthorized access

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring SNMPv1/v2c with SNMPv3 Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

SNMP version 1 (SNMPv1) is the initial implementation of the SNMP protocol. SNMPv1 operates over

protocols such as User Datagram Protocol (UDP).

SNMPv2c includes improvements in performance, confidentiality, and manager-to-manager

communications over SNMPv1, however it uses the simple-community based security scheme of

SNMPv1.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click SNMPv3.

3. For Allow SNMPv3 with SNMPv1/v2c, select Enable.

4. For SNMPv3, select Enable.

Note: Some options become editable after you enable SNMPv3.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

5. For User Name, type the administrative user name for SNMPv3 authentication.

6. For Authentication Password, type a password. The Authentication Password is used to generate a

key used for authentication.

7. For Algorithm, select an encryption checksum algorithm.

8. For Privacy Password, type a password. The Privacy Password is used for encryption of SNMPv3

data. The passphrase used to encrypt the data must match the passphrase on the Server.

Note: Ensure that the passwords are at least eight characters in length. You can include any

characters except control characters.

9. Click Apply.

WINS

When running WINS, the printer registers its IP address and NetBIOS Host Name with a WINS server.

WINS allows the printer to communicate using host name only. Using Microsoft Networking removes

significant overhead for systems administrators.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring WINS Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click WINS.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. For Primary Server IP Address, type the IP address for your primary server.

5. For Secondary Server IP Address, enter the IP Address as needed.

Note: If DHCP is configured, WINS IP addresses are overridden.

6. Click Apply.

LPR/LPD

The Line Printer Daemon (LPD) and Line Printer Remote (LPR) protocols provide printer spooling and

network print server functionality for UNIX-based systems, such as HP-UX, Linux, and Macintosh.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring LPR/LPD Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click LPR/LPD.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. Type an LPR/LPD Port Number or use the default port number of 515.

5. Click Apply.

Raw TCP/IP Printing

Raw TCP/IP is used to open a TCP socket-level connection over Port 9100, and stream a print-ready file

to the printer input buffer. It then closes the connection either after sensing an End Of Job character in

the PDL or after expiration of a preset timeout value. Port 9100 does not require an LPR request from

the computer or the use of an LPD running on the printer. Raw TCP/IP printing is selected in Windows

as the Standard TCP/IP port.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring Raw TCP/IP Printing Using the Printer Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, Device



Network



Advanced Settings.

2. Touch Raw TCP/IP-Printing.

3. Touch Enable.

4. Ensure that Port Number is set to 9100.

5. Touch



Confirm.

6. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Configuring Raw TCP/IP Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Raw TCP/IP Printing.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. Ensure that Port Number is set to 9100.

5. Click Apply.

IPP

Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) is a standard network protocol that allows you to print and manage

jobs remotely.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring IPP Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click IPP.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. Enter additional information as needed.

5. For Secure IPP Connection with SSL/TLS, select Enable.

6. Click Apply.

LDAP Server

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a protocol used to process queries and updates to an

LDAP information directory, on an external server. LDAP can also be used for network authentication

and authorization.

The LDAP Server page displays the current LDAP servers configured for your printer. You can configure

a maximum of nine LDAP servers for your printer.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Adding or Editing an LDAP Server Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click LDAP Directory.

3. To edit the default LDAP server settings, for LDAP (Default), click Edit.

4. To configure another LDAP server, for Additional LDAP Servers, click Add or Edit.

5. To configure server information, perform the following steps.

a. Type a Friendly Name. The Friendly Name appears as the default description for the server

when a user scans a job at the control panel.

b. Select the Name or IP Address type. Fields update based on the options that you select.

c. Type the LDAP IP address or host name and port number.

d. Type the appropriately formatted address or host name of your backup server, then change

the default port number as needed.

6. To configure LDAP Access, perform the following steps.

a. Enter the Search Directory Root.

Note:

•It is not necessary to include DC=Users in the Search Directory Root.

•For details on Base DN formatting, refer to the RFC 2849 - LDAP Data Interchange

Format (LDIF) Technical Specification on the IETF website.

b. For Login Credentials to Access LDAP Server, select an option.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

•System: This setting instructs the printer to use specific credentials when the printer

accesses the server.

•Authenticated User: The printer uses the user name and password of the authenticated

user to access the server.

c. To look up the user DN, for Lookup User's DN, select Enable.

7. To configure LDAP Bind, perform the following steps.

a. To specify the Bind Method to connect to the directory server, select an option.

•Anonymous: This method does not require authentication to connect to the directory

server.

•Simple: This method uses a DN-password combination to authenticate to the directory

server.

b. Enter the Login Name.

c. Type the password, then type the password again to verify.

d. To save the new password, click Select to save new password.

e. To append a base DN to the bind method, for Append Base DN, click Enable.

f. For Root to append, enter the root directory of the database.

8. To configure Secure LDAP Connection, for Secure LDAP via SSL, click Enable.

9. To configure LDAP Mappings, for each field, select an option.

10. To configure Search Criteria, perform the following steps.

a. For Search Name Order, select an option.

b. To define the maximum number of addresses returned that match search criteria, for

Maximum Number of Search Results, type a number from 5–100.

c. Select the amount of time that the printer can search before it times out.

d. To enable LDAP Referrals, click Enable.

11. To append an email domain to login credentials, perform the following steps.

a. For Append an email domain to the login credentials, select Enable.

b. Type the domain name for your server.

12. Click Save.

HTTP

Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is a request-response standard protocol between clients and

servers. Clients that make HTTP requests are called User Agents (UAs). Servers that respond to these

requests for resources, such as HTML pages, are called Origin Servers. There can be any number of

intermediaries, such as tunnels, proxies, or gateways between User Agents and Origin Servers.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring HTTP Settings Using the Printer Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, touch Device



Network



Advanced Settings.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

2. Touch HTTP Settings.

3. Touch Enable.

4. Touch



Confirm.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Configuring HTTP Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click HTTP.

3. To enable the protocol, for Protocol, click Enable.

4. For Keep Alive Timeout, enter the time that the printer waits for a response from a connected user

before it terminates the connection.

Note: Increasing the Keep Alive Timeout can cause connections to slow down.

5. Change the Port Number as needed.

Note: If a Machine Digital Certificate is configured, you can edit the following fields.

6. For HTTP Security Mode, select a security option.

Note: To allow connections to the Xerox device using HTTPS only, select Require HTTPS.

7. To enable one or more TLS versions, for TLSv 1.0, TLSv 1.1, or TLSv 1.2, select Enable.

8. Click Apply.

Google Cloud Print

Google Cloud Print allows you to print documents from a device connected to the Internet, without

using a print driver. You can send documents to the printer from anywhere, including documents stored

in the cloud, a personal computer, tablet, or smartphone.

Before you begin:

• Set up a Google email account.

• Configure the printer to use IPv4.

• Configure Proxy Server settings as needed.

Note: Verify that the security configuration of your firewall supports Google Cloud Print.

To register the printer to Google Cloud Print Web printing service:

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

Note: Locate your printer IP address using the Configuration Report. For details, refer to Printing

the Configuration Report.

2. Click Properties



Connectivity



Protocols



Google Cloud Print.

3. To enable Google Cloud Print, for Google Cloud Print, click Enable. Enable other services as

needed.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

• To allow discovery and printing for local network devices, for each function that you want to

allow, select Enable.

• To allow format conversion for jobs that are in a format not supported by the printer, for

Enable conversion printing, select Enable.

Note: Cloud Job Conversion uses both Google Cloud Printing and Local Printing. Currently, only

specialized third-party apps require conversion. Xerox recommends that you leave Cloud Job

Conversion disabled unless you use an app that requires it.

• To allow Printer Working Group (PWG) printing, for Enable PWG, select Enable.

• To set a minimum time period before the Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol

(XMPP) times out, in the XMPP timeout field, type a number.

4. Review the information in the Anonymous Registration section. Modify settings as necessary.

5. To change the proxy server settings, click Proxy Setting.

6. To test the connection to the Google Cloud Print service, click GCP Connection Test.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

7. To be redirected to the Google website, in the Anonymous Registration area, for Registration

Status, click Register. At the prompt, click OK.

a. Log in to your Google email account.

b. To register the printer with Google Cloud Print, follow the on screen instructions.

c. To complete the printer registration and return to Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click

Finish Registration.

Local discovery and local printing are enabled during printer registration. To disable either feature,

for the feature, clear the Enable check box.

8. From the Google Cloud Print window in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Apply.

9. To update the Registration Status displayed in your Web browser, refresh the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Web page.

10. To access the Google Cloud Print feature, in your Google account, click Manage Your Printer. The

default printer name appears in this format: Model name (MAC address).

Proxy Server

A proxy server acts as a go-between for clients seeking services and servers that provide them. The

proxy server filters client requests and if the requests meet the proxy server filtering rules, it grants the

request and allows the connection.

A proxy server has two main purposes:

• To keep any devices behind it anonymous for security purposes.

• To cache content from resources, such as Web pages from a Web server, to increase resource

access time.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring the Proxy Server Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Proxy Server.

3. To configure the printer to detect proxy settings automatically, for Auto Detect Proxy Settings,

select Enabled.

Note: If Auto Detect Proxy Settings is enabled, you cannot edit the fields for HTTP Proxy Server,

Name or IP Address, and IPV4 Address and Port.

4. For HTTP Proxy Server, select Enabled.

5. Select the Name or IP Address type.

6. Type the appropriately formatted address and port number.

7. If your proxy server requires authentication, for Authentication, select Enabled.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

8. If authentication is enabled, for Login Name, type the login name for the proxy server.

9. Type the password, then type the password again to verify.

10. To save the new password, click Select to save new password.

11. To add a proxy exception list, for Exception List, type the URL.

12. To use the configured default proxy settings script, for Use automatic configuration script, type

the URL.

13. Click Apply.

Connecting to a Wireless Network

A wireless local area network (WLAN) provides the means to connect two or more devices in a local

area network (LAN) without a physical connection. The printer can connect to a wireless LAN that

includes a wireless router or wireless access point. Before connecting the printer to a wireless network,

ensure that the wireless router is configured with a service set identifier (SSID), a passphrase, and

security protocols.

You can use the Wireless Wizard to connect to a wireless network at the printer control panel. If the

device is connected to a wired network, you can configure wireless settings using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Note: For networked devices, the printer uses either the wireless or the wired network connection.

Activating one network connection deactivates the other network connection.

Note: Advanced enterprise networks require certificates loading prior to setup. For details, refer to

Security Certificates.

Connecting to a Wireless Network Using the Wireless Wizard

You can use the Wireless Wizard to simplify the process of connecting your device to an available

wireless network. You can use the Wireless Wizard to select a different wireless network or to connect to

a wireless network manually.

To connect to a wireless network using the Wireless Wizard:

1. At the printer control panel, touch Device



Network



Network Connectivity.

2. Touch Wireless.

A list of network connections appears.

3. Touch the network required.

If the network connection is not shown, touch Pick Another, then touch the network required.

4. Touch Login, then using the touch screen keypad, enter the password. Touch



Confirm.

The printer connects to the network.

5. Touch X.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Connecting to a Wireless Network Manually

When connecting to a wireless network that does not include a WPS-compliant router, set up and

configure the printer manually. Before starting, you must get the setup and configuration information,

such as name and passphrase, from the router. After you collect the network information, you can set

up the printer from the printer control panel or from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For the

easiest manual connection, use Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Before you begin:

• The wireless router must be connected and properly configured for the network before you install

the printer. For details, see your router documentation.

• Use the instructions provided with your wireless router or access point to record the following

information:

• Name (SSID)

• Security Options (Encryption Type)

• Passphrase

Note: The network name and passphrase are case sensitive.

Configuring the Printer for Shared Key or WPA/WPA2-Personal

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Wireless Setup.

3. Click Edit Settings.

4. For Network Name SSID, select an option:

• To search for an SSID, click Search Available and click the drop-down menu. Select an SSID

from the list.

Note: To refresh the list of available networks, click Refresh.

• To enter the SSID, click Enter SSID, then in the field, type the SSID.

5. For Security Type, select Shared Key or WPA/WPA2-Personal.

6. For Encryption Type, select an option.

7. For Security Key or Passphrase, type the passphrase.

8. For Address Acquisition, select a protocol option. If you select STATIC, you can change the

IPAddress, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Mask, as needed.

9. Click Apply.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring the Printer for an Open System

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Wireless Setup.

3. Click Edit Settings.

4. For Network Name SSID, select an option:

• To search for an SSID, click Search Available and click the drop-down menu. Select an SSID

from the list.

Note: To refresh the list of available networks, click Refresh.

• To enter the SSID, click Enter SSID, then in the field, type the SSID.

5. For Security Type, select Open System.

6. For Address Acquisition, select a protocol option. If you select Static, you can change the IP

Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Mask, as needed.

7. Click Apply.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring the Printer for Wireless LAN WPA-Enterprise

Note: Advanced enterprise networks require certificates loading prior to setup. For details, refer to

Security Certificates.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Wireless Setup.

3. Click Edit Settings.

4. For Network Name SSID, select an option:

• To search for an SSID, click Search Available and click the drop-down menu. Select an SSID

from the list.

Note: To refresh the list of available networks, click Refresh.

• To enter the SSID, click Enter SSID, then in the field, type the SSID.

5. For Security Type, select WPA/WPA2-Enterprise.

6. For Encryption Type, select an option.

7. For 802.1x Authentication, select the authentication method that your wireless network uses.

•If you select PEAP, the enter the required details in the Identity Name, Username and User

Password fields.

8. For Root Certificate Setup, to upload a root certificate, do the following steps.

a. For Upload Root Certificate, to locate and select the file, click Browse.

b. Select the certificate required, then click Open.

c. Click Download.

9. For Address Acquisition, select a protocol option. If you select Static, you can change the IP

Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Mask, as needed.

10. Click Apply.

Wi-Fi Direct

You can connect to your printer from a Wi-Fi mobile device, such as a tablet, computer, or smart phone,

using Wi-Fi Direct.

Note:

•Wi-Fi Direct is disabled by default.

•When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator,

refer to Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Wi-Fi Direct

3. For Wi-Fi Direct, select On.

4. For Device Name, type a name to appear in a list of available wireless networks and devices.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

5. For IP Address, use the default or type a new IP Address.

6. To set the printer as Group Owner for a Wi-Fi Direct group, similar to a wireless access point, select

Activate.

7. Enter a Network Key or use the default value.

8. To hide the Network Key, select the check box.

9. Click Apply.

WSD

Web Services for Devices (WSD) is technology from Microsoft that provides a standard method for

discovering and using network connected devices. It is supported in Windows Vista, Windows Server

2008, and newer operating systems. WSD is one of several supported communication protocols.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Enabling WSD Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click WSD.

3. For WSD Protocol, select Enable.

4. Click Apply.

AirPrint

AirPrint is a software feature that allows for driverless printing from Apple iOS-based mobile devices

and Macintosh OS-based devices. AirPrint-enabled printers let you print directly from a Macintosh or

from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch.

Note:

•AirPrint and all of required protocols are enabled by default.

•Not all iOS applications support printing using AirPrint.

•Wireless devices must join the same wireless network as the printer. A system

administrator can connect the printer by its wired network interface.

•The device that submits the AirPrint job must be on the same subnet as the printer. To

allow devices to print from different subnets, configure your network to pass multicast

DNS traffic across subnets.

•AirPrint-enabled printers work with all models of iPad, iPhone (3GS or later), and iPod

touch (3rd generation or later), running the latest version of iOS.

• When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator,

refer to Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring AirPrint Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click AirPrint.

3. To configure HTTP settings, for HTTP, click Edit. For details, refer to HTTP.

4. To configure IPP settings, for IPP, click Edit. For details, refer to IPP.

5. To configure Multicast DNS (Bonjour), click Edit. For details, refer to TCP/IP.

6. To change the software upgrade setting, for Software Upgrades, click Details.

7. To add a device certificate, for Machine Digital Certificate, click Details.

8. To configure Protocol Settings, for Protocol, select Enabled. Configure the settings required:

a. For Bonjour Friendly name, click Edit. Enter required information in the filed provided, click

Apply.

b. For Device Location, click Edit. Enter required information in the filed provided, click Apply.

c. For Geographic Location Name, click Edit. Enter required information in the filed provided,

click Apply.

9. In the Optional Information area, to check consumables, click Supplies Details.

10. Click Apply.

SNTP

Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) synchronizes the internal clocks of computers over a network

connection.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring SNTP Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click SNTP.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. For Name or IP Address, select an option.

5. Type the appropriately formatted IP address or hostname.

6. For Enable SNTP Broadcast, select the check box.

7. Click Apply.

Network Connectivity

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Mopria

Mopria is a software feature that enables users to print from mobile devices without requiring a print

driver. You can use Mopria to print from your mobile device to Mopria-enabled printers.

Note:

•Only Mopria-enabled devices support Mopria printing.

•Ensure that you have the latest version of the Mopria Print Service installed on your

mobile device. You can obtain a free download from the Google Play Store.

•Wireless devices must join the same wireless network as the printer. A system

administrator can connect the printer by its wired network interface.

•Ensure that the device that submits the Mopria job is on the same subnet as the printer.

To allow devices to print from different subnets, configure your network to pass multicast

DNS traffic across subnets.

•The name and location of your printer appears in a list of Mopria-enabled printers on

connected devices.

•When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator,

refer to Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring Mopria Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Connectivity  Protocols.

2. Click Mopria.

3. For Protocol, select Enable.

4. Click Apply.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Installing Printer Software

The printer supports the following operating systems:

After you have configured your device and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer

and scanner software.

The software required for Windows is supplied on the CD delivered with your device, additional

software, and Macintosh and Linux drivers can be downloaded from

www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Installing Windows Drivers

A printer driver is software that lets your computer communicate with your printer. The procedure to

install drivers may differ depending on the operating system you are using. All applications should be

closed on your PC before beginning installation.

You can install the printer software for a local, networked or wireless printer using the recommended or

custom method.

Platform Operating Systems

Windows

•Windows

7 - 10

•Windows

Server 2008, 2008 R2, 2012, 2012 R2,

2016, 2019

Macintosh

Macintosh OS X 10.9 - 10.14

Linux • Fedora 15 - 26

• OpenSuSE

11.2, 11.4, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 13.1, 13.2,

42.1, 15.2

• Ubuntu 11.10, 12.04, 12.10, 13.04, 13.10, 14.04,

14.10, 15.04, 15.10, 16.04, 16.10, 17.04, 17.10,

18.04, 18.10

• Debian 6, 7, 8, 9

•Redhat

Enterprise Linux 5, 6, 7

• SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10, 11, 12

• Mint 15, 16, 17, 17.1

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Installing Drivers and Connecting to a Local Printer

A local printer is a printer directly attached to your computer using a printer cable, such as a USB cable.

If your printer is attached to a network, refer to Installing Drivers and Connecting to a Networked

Printer.

Note: If the New Hardware Wizard window appears during the installation procedure, select Close

or Cancel.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. The

installer starts automatically.

If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the Setup.exe

installer file.

3. Select Yes in the User Account Control window.

4. Select Install Software. A Printer Connection Type window displays.

5. Select USB connection, then select Next.

6. Select the software to install, or select a setup type using the menu:

•Recommended: This is the default install type and is recommended for most users. All

components necessary for printer operations are installed.

•Minimum: With this option, only the drivers are installed.

•Custom: If you select Custom, you can choose individual components to install.

Note: When you select an option, a description of that option displays at the bottom of the

screen.

7. Select Advanced Options if you would like to do any of the following:

• Change the printer name

• Change the default printer

• Share the printer with other users on the network

• Change the destination path where driver files and user guide files will be copied to. Select

Browse to change the path.

8. Select Next and follow the wizard instruction to select and install the printer.

9. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays.

10. Select Print a test page and select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the computer, a Tes t Print page will be printed. If the Te st Pr int operation

is successful, refer to the Printing chapter of this guide. If the print operation failed, refer to the

Troubleshooting chapter of this guide.

Installing Drivers and Connecting to a Networked Printer

When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the

printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software

on each computer on the network.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

2. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. The

installer starts automatically.

If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the Setup.exe

installer file.

3. Select Yes in the User Account Control window.

4. Select Install Software. A Printer Connection Type window displays.

5. Select Network connection, then select Next.

6. Select the software to install, or select a setup type using the menu:

•Recommended: This is the default install type and is recommended for most users. All

components necessary for printer operations are installed.

•Minimum: With this option, only the drivers are installed.

•Custom: If you select Custom, you can choose individual components to install.

Note: When you select an option, a description of that option displays at the bottom of the

screen.

7. Select Advanced Options if you would like to do any of the following:

• Change the printer name

• Change the default printer

• Share the printer with other users on the network

• Change the destination path where driver files and user guide files will be copied to. Select

Browse to change the path.

8. Select Next and follow the wizard instruction to select and install the printer.

9. Select OK to continue, then select Next. The Copying Files window displays, and then the

Installing Software window.

10. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays.

11. Select Print a test page and select Finish.

If you have successfully connected to the printer on the network, a Te st Pri nt page prints. If the Te st

Print operation is successful, refer to the Printing chapter of this guide. If the print operation failed,

refer to the Troubleshooting chapter of this guide.

Installing Drivers and Connecting to a Wireless Networked Printer

When you connect your printer to a network, you must first configure the TCP/IP settings for the

printer. After you have assigned and verified the TCP/IP settings, you are ready to install the software

on each computer on the network.

To install the printer software and connect to a printer on a wireless network using the Xerox Easy

Wireless Setup program, refer to Using the Xerox Easy Wireless Setup Program.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. The

installer starts automatically.

If the installer does not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the Setup.exe

installer file.

3. Select Yes in the User Account Control window.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

4. Select Install Software. A Printer Connection Type window displays.

5. Select Wireless network connection, then select Next.

6. Select the software to install, or select a setup type using the menu:

•Recommended: This is the default install type and is recommended for most users. All

components necessary for printer operations are installed.

•Minimum: With this option, only the drivers are installed.

•Custom: If you select Custom, you can choose individual components to install.

Note: When you select an option, a description of that option displays at the bottom of the

screen.

7. Select Advanced Options if you would like to do any of the following:

• Change the printer name

• Change the default printer

• Share the printer with other users on the network

• Change the destination path where driver files and user guide files will be copied to. Select

Browse to change the path.

8. Select Next and follow the wizard instruction to select and install the printer.

9. Select OK to continue, then select Next. The Copying Files window displays, and then the

Installing Software window.

10. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays.

11. Select Print a test page and select Finish.

If you have successfully connected to the printer on the wireless network, a Test Print page prints. If the

Test Pr int operation is successful, refer to the Printing chapter of this guide. If the print operation failed,

refer to the Troubleshooting chapter of this guide.

Using the Xerox Easy Wireless Setup Program

When installing the printer, you can use the Xerox Easy Wireless Setup program that was automatically

installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.

Note: Make sure the Xerox Easy Wireless Setup Program is installed on your computer, for

instructions, refer to Installing Drivers and Connecting to a Local Printer.

1. At the computer, click search and type Xerox Easy Wireless Setup.

2. Connect the printer to your computer using the USB cable.

Note: During installation, the printer needs to be temporarily connected using the USB cable.

Note: You cannot use your printer on a wired and wireless network at the same time. If your

printer is currently connected to the network with an Ethernet cable, unplug the cable.

3. Select Next.

4. Once the printer is connected to the computer with the USB cable, the program searches for

WLAN data.

5. When the search is complete, the Select Wireless Network window displays. Select your network

from the list.

6. Follow the wizard instruction to install the printer.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

The Wireless Network Security screen displays.

7. Enter your Network Password and select Next.

8. When the Wireless Network Setup Complete page displays, select Finish.

Uninstalling the Windows Drivers

1. From the Start menu, select Xerox Printers



Uninstall Xerox Printer Software. The Uninstall

Xerox Printer Software window displays.

2. Select Next. The Select Software window displays.

3. Select the components you want to remove and then select Next.

4. When your computer asks you to confirm your selection, select Yes.

5. After the software is removed, select Finish.

Installing Macintosh Drivers

You need to download the Macintosh software package from www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers to

install the printer software. A TWAIN driver is also provided for scanning on a Macintosh computer.

Note: Instructions may vary depending on your operating system version.

Installing Macintosh Drivers

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. From the Xerox web site, download the required driver .dmg package to your computer.

Note: Print, Scan and Fax drivers are available.

3. To extract the files and the MAC_Installer folder, double-click the driver .dmg package.

4. Open the MAC_Installer folder, then navigate to the Mac_Printer folder for the driver package.

5. To install the driver, double-click the driver package.

The Installer window opens.

6. Select Continue. To change the destination for the installed files, click Change Install Location.

Select a file location, then click Continue.

7. Select Install.

8. Select User Password, then enter your password and click Install Software.

9. Read the Energy Consumption Information, then click Continue.

10. Click Add Printer. Select the printer from the list, then click Add.

11. Select Continue.

Follow the instructions on the Installer wizard to install the drivers.

12. After the installation is complete, select Close.

13. To configure printer options, select the Applications folder



System Preferences



Printers &

Scanners.

14. If required, select the + sign on the Printer list and select the printer or enter the IP Address for the

printer. Select Add.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Uninstalling the Macintosh Drivers

If the printer driver does not work properly, uninstall the driver and reinstall it. Follow the steps below to

uninstall the driver for Macintosh.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Select the Applications folder.

3. Select the Xerox folder.

4. Select Printer Software Uninstaller.

5. Select the programs you want to uninstall and select Uninstall.

6. Enter your password, then select OK.

7. Select Close.

Installing Linux Drivers

To print from a Linux workstation, install either a Xerox print driver for Linux or a CUPS (Common UNIX

Printing System) print driver. Xerox recommends that you install the Unified Linux Driver for your

printer.

The printer driver software required for Linux can be downloaded from

www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Installing Linux Drivers

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

You must log in as a super user (root) to install the printer software. If you are not a super user, ask

your system administrator.

2. When the Administrator Login window appears, type in root in the Login field and enter the

system password.

3. From the Xerox web site, download the Unified Linux Driver package zip file to your computer.

4. Select the Unified Linux Driver package and extract the package.

5. Copy the Unified Linux Driver (uld Directory) onto the Desktop

6. Open a terminal window, then navigate to the uld directory.

7. To install the printer driver, type: sudo ./install-printer.sh, then press Enter.

8. To install the scanner driver, type: sudo ./install-scanner.sh, then press Enter.

Note: The printer and scanner drivers can be installed together by typing sudo ./install.sh.

9. To access printing options and properties, navigate to Settings



Devices



Printers. Select the

printer and configure the settings required.

Uninstalling the Linux Drivers

1. Open a terminal window, then navigate to the uld directory.

2. To uninstall the printer, type: sudo ./uninstall-printer.sh, then press Enter.

Installing Printer Software

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

3. To uninstall the scanner, type: sudo ./uninstall-scanner.sh, then press Enter.

Note: The printer and scanner can be uninstalled together by typing sudo ./uninstall.sh.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Setting Up the Services

Services are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. Services are already installed on

the device and appear on the Home screen. Available services can be hidden or rearranged on the

Home screen using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter a user name and

password, for information about logging in as an administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox®

CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Displaying the Services on the Home Screen

Use the Display settings to select the services to display on the Home screen. You can also select the

order in which you want the services displayed.

Before you can select a service to appear on the control panel touch screen, enable the service.

Note: A standard service is software or firmware that the manufacturer provides with the device.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services  Display.

2. Select the services to display:

• To select all services in the list to appear on the touch screen, click Show All.

• To remove all services from the touch screen, click Hide All.

Note: When using Hide All, at least one service must be selected to display on the control panel

touch screen, for example Email, Fax, Copy.

• To select individual services to appear on the touch screen, for Displayed, select the check box

for the services that you want to display.

3. To rearrange the services on the control panel touch screen, select a service, then click the Move

Top, Move Up, Move Down, or Move Bottom arrow buttons to move the service to the required

location.

4. Click Apply.

Printing Settings

Configuring Printing Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

Enabling the Device Startup Page

The Startup page provides basic printer configuration and network information.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  Device Start-Up Page.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

3. To enable the Startup page, for Device Start-Up Page, select Enabled.

4. Click Apply.

Managing Banner Page Printing

You can set the printer to print a banner page with each print job. The banner page contains

information identifying the user and job name. You can set this option in the print driver, in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, or at the control panel.

Note: Enable banner page printing in the print driver and at the control panel or in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. Otherwise, a banner page does not print.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  Banner Page.

3. For Banner Page Settings, to print a banner page, select Enabled. To switch off banner pages,

select Disabled.

4. Click Apply.

Enabling Error Page Printing

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  Error Page.

3. To print an error page when a print job fails, for Error Page Settings, select Enabled.

4. Click Apply.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring General Print Settings

The printer uses the default print settings on all print jobs unless you change them for an individual job.

You can modify the default print settings.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  General.

3. For PCL Menu, select the required settings.

4. For Tray Menu, select the required settings.

5. For Configuration Menu, select the required settings.

6. For Defaults & Polices, select the required settings.

7. Click Apply.

Printing Reports

Your printer has a printable set of reports. These include configuration and font information, supplies

status, fax phone book, and more.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Printing  Reports.

Note: If you are prompted to enter the Administrator account user name and password, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To print a report, next to the report name, click Print.

Copy Settings

If your printer is connected to your computer through a wired or wireless network connection, use

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to configure the settings.

If your printer is connected to your computer using a USB cable connection, configure settings at the

device or using Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

Configuring Copy Settings Using the Printer Control Panel

Changing the Default Copy Settings

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Copy Default.

2. Select the default copy settings required.

3. Touch



Confirm.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring Copy Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Changing the Default Copy Settings

The printer uses the default copy settings on all copy jobs unless you change them for an individual

job. You can modify the default copy settings.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Copy.

3. For Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. Select the appropriate tab:

• To modify copy settings, select the Copy Settings tab.

• To modify the input settings, select the Input Settings tab.

• To modify the output settings, select the Output Settings tab.

5. In the Default column, click Edit.

6. Modify the settings as needed.

7. Click Save.

8. Click Close.

Email Settings

Email settings apply to all services that use SMTP, including Internet and Scan to Email.

Before you begin:

• Create an email account for the printer. The printer uses this address as the default text in the

From: field of the email.

• Ensure you have connection information for your email service provider - server address and port

number.

• Ensure you have login information for the email account - username or email address and

password.

• Identity security requirements, such as TLS and Encryption.

Configuring Email Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

If your printer is connected to your computer through a wired or wireless network connection, use

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to configure the Email settings.

Note: If your printer is connected to your computer using a USB cable connection, the Email

service is not available.

Configuring the Server to Send Emails (SMTP) Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. To access SMTP server settings, for Server to Send Emails (SMTP), click the Pencil icon.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

4. For SMTP Server Information, complete the following steps.

a. To set auto discovery, for Auto Discover SMTP Server, select the check box or enter the SMTP

server domain.

Note: Before selecting this option, check your if the feature is supported by your network.

b. Select the Name or IP Address type.

c. Type the appropriately formatted address or host name of your server and change the

default port number as needed.

d. For Device Email Address, type the email address of the printer.

5. If the SMTP server requires authentication, for SMTP Authentication, complete the following

steps.

a. For Server Requires SMTP Authentication, select the check box.

b. For Login Credentials, select an option.

•System: The printer authenticates itself using the Login Name and Password that you

configure on this page.

•Authenticated User: This option is available only when Network Authentication is

enabled.

c. If you select System, type the Login Name and Password used to access the server. To update

the password for an existing Login Name, for Select to save new password, select the check

box.

6. For Connection Encryption, select a protocol that your server supports, then for Validate Server

Certificate, select Enable.

7. To define a maximum message size for emails with attachments, for Maximum Email Size

(Message and Attachment), select a size.

8. Click Apply.

9. If prompted, enter your password, then click OK.

Configuring Email Receipts

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For Email Receipts, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. For read and delivery settings required, click Enabled.

5. Click Save.

Configuring Message Body/Signature Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For Message Body/Signature, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To allow users to modify the email message body text, click Always.

5. To change the message body text, edit the text shown in the Message Body box.

6. To add signature text, type the text in the Signature box.

7. Click Save.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring the From Edit Policies

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For From Edit Policies, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. Select the editing policies and display name options required.

5. Click Save.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Configuring Email Defaults

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. Select the appropriate tab:

• To modify email settings, select the Email Settings tab.

• To modify the input settings, select the Input Settings tab.

• To modify the output settings, select the Output Settings tab.

5. In the Default column, click Edit.

6. Modify the settings as needed.

7. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

8. Click Close.

Configuring Address Book Policies

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For Address Book Policies, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To configure the Address Book settings stored in the printer, for Device Address Book, click Edit.

5. To set permissions for the Device Address Book, select Permissions from the address book menu.

To allow users to create or edit contacts in the Device Address Book from the printer control panel,

select Open to All Users.

6. To allow users to locate email addresses in the Device Address Book, for Use Device Address Book,

select Yes. To hide the address book from users, select No.

7. To use a network address book and configure LDAP server settings, for Network Address Book

(LDAP), click Edit. To configure a default LDAP server, click Add, then enter the LDAP directory

information. For details, refer to LDAP Server.

8. If an LDAP network address book is configured, to allow users to locate email addresses in the

Network Address Book, select Yes. To hide the address book from users, select No.

9. Click Save.

Configuring Email Security

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. To edit security settings, for Security, click the Pencil icon.

4. For Security Settings, configure the settings.

a. For Email Encryption Enablement, select an option:

•Off: Use this option to disable email encryption.

•Always On; Not editable by user: Use this option to restrict users from enabling or

disabling Email Encryption at the control panel.

b. For Encryption Algorithm, select the algorithm used by your email server.

5. For From Field Display, select an option.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

6. For User Policies, configure settings as needed.

a. For "To:" Field Security Options, select a restriction policy.

b. For Restrict to Defined Domains, to configure a list of acceptable domains, click Add

Domains.

7. To restrict authenticated users from sending emails to others, for Auto Send to Self, select Enable.

8. To clear the Recipient List after an emailed scan job completes, for Global Policies: Shared Scan

Policy, select an option.

9. To import a certificate, for Certificate Management, click Import.

10. To export a certificate, for Certificate Management, click Export.

11. To delete a certificate, select the certificate, then click Delete.

12. Click Save.

Configuring PDF Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Email.

3. For PDF Settings, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To use Flate Compression Capability, click Enable.

5. Click Save.

Fax Settings

You can use the fax feature to scan a document and send it to a remote fax machine. When you send a

fax from the printer control panel, the printer scans the document and transmits it to a fax machine

using a dedicated telephone line. To use the fax feature, ensure that your printer has access to a

functioning telephone line with a telephone number assigned to it.

Configuring Fax Settings from the Printer Control Panel

Changing the Default Fax Settings

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Fax Default.

2. Select the default fax settings required.

3. Touch



Confirm.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setup Fax Reports

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Fax Setup.

2. Touch Setup Fax Reports.

3. Select the settings required:

• Activity Report

•Confirmation Report

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

•Broadcast Report

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Outgoing Fax Defaults

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Fax Setup.

2. Touch Outgoing Fax Defaults.

3. Select the settings required:

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Feature Description

Redial Time Interval If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer, the printer

automatically redials the number. Set the interval time between each redial

attempt.

Auto Redial Attempts If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer, the printer

automatically redials the number. Set the number of redial attempts the

printer makes before cancelling the job.

Prefix Dial Number If your telephone system requires you to enter a prefix in front of fax

numbers, enable Prefix Dial, then enter the prefix dial number using the

touch screen keypad.

Toll Save Enable this option to send faxes during cheap rate periods to reduce

telephone bill costs. Once enabled, enter a time for the device to start

sending faxes.

Send Header Text It is unlawful to send a message from a fax device without the proper

transmission header text. Enable this option to include the device name,

telephone number and date and time of transmission when sending a fax.

Error Correction Mode Enable this option to set the device to correct errors. This helps in areas

with poor line quality. Sending a fax in this mode may take more time.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

100

Incoming Fax Defaults

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Fax Setup.

2. Touch Incoming Fax Defaults.

3. Select the settings required:

4. Touch X.

5. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Feature Description

Call Receive Mode When the device receives an incoming fax call, you can select for the device

to answer Immediately, or switch Off automatic answering to allow a user

to manually receive the fax. This option is useful if you have a shared

telephone line for calls and faxes.

Automatic Answer Delay You can set the device to delay answering the fax call for a specified

number of rings. Enable the feature, then enter the number of rings the

device waits before answering using the touch screen keypad. This option is

useful if you have a shared telephone line for calls and faxes.

Receive Footer Use this feature to enable fax reception information to be printed at the

bottom of the page.

Fax Card Volume Use this option to change the sound volume for the incoming ring tone,

transmission tones and the dial tone. Select Off to mute the sound, or Low,

Medium or High to adjust the volume.

Duplex Enable this option to print incoming faxes 2-sided automatically.

Junk Fax Prevention If this option is enabled, only fax numbers added to the Junk Fax list can be

received. Enable the option, then touch + to add a fax number. Enter the

fax number using the touch screen keypad, then touch  Confirm.

Reduction Control Select the option for how the printer handles faxes too large to print on the

paper available. Select Reduce to Fit to reduce the image, or Discard

Bottom to crop the image at the bottom of the page.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

101

Fax Wizard Settings

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



Fax Setup.

2. Touch Fax Wizard.

3. Follow the on screen wizard and setup the fax settings.:

• Enter the Fax Line Number

• Enter the Fax Line Name

•Set the Dial Type

• Set the Country

When you have completed the Fax Settings Wizard, the device requests a Restart.

4. Touch Restart.

Configuring Fax Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

If your printer is connected to your computer through a wired or wireless network connection, use

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to configure the Fax settings.

If your printer is connected to your computer using a USB cable connection, configure fax settings at

the device or using Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

Configuring Fax Line Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Fax.

3. To configure Fax line settings, for Fax Line Setting, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. For Machine Name, type a name for the printer.

5. For Fax Number, type the number for the line.

6. For Prefix Dial, type the dialing prefix.

7. For Line Configuration, select an option.

8. Select your country from the list.

9. Click Save.

Configuring Address Book Policies

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Fax.

3. For Address Book Policies, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To configure the Address Book settings stored in the printer, for Device Address Book, click Edit.

5. To set permissions for the Device Address Book, select Permissions from the address book menu.

To allow users to create or edit contacts in the Device Address Book from the printer control panel,

select Open to All Users.

6. To allow users to locate email addresses in the Device Address Book, for Use Device Address Book,

select Yes. To hide the address book from users, select No.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

102

7. To use a network address book and configure LDAP server settings, for Network Address Book

(LDAP), click Edit. To configure a default LDAP server, click Add, then enter the LDAP directory

information. For details, refer to LDAP Server.

8. If an LDAP network address book is configured, to allow users to locate email addresses in the

Network Address Book, select Yes. To hide the address book from users, select No.

9. Click Save.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

103

Configuring Fax Incoming/Outgoing Policies

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Fax.

3. For Incoming/Outgoing Policies, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To print a transmission receive report automatically, click On.

5. For Incoming Policies, select the settings required:

Feature Description

Receive Mode Use this option to select for the device to answer the fax call immediately,

or to wait for a user to answer the call manually. Select Fax for the device to

answer immediately or Tel. for a user to answer the call. This option is useful

if you have a shared telephone line for calls and faxes.

Ringer Volume Use this option to adjust the volume of the ringer. Set the volume to Off,

Low, Medium or High.

Ring to Answer This option determines the number of times the calling fax rings before the

printer answers. Set the number between 1 and 7.

Redial Term If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer, the printer

automatically redials the number. Set the interval time between each redial

attempt from 1 to 15 minutes.

Redial Count If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer, the printer

automatically redials the number. Set the number of redial attempts the

printer makes before cancelling the job between 0 and 13.

Discard Size Select to automatically crop large documents received to fit on the paper

size supported by the printer. Enter the amount of margin the printer crops

between 0 and 30 mm.

Fax Duplex Select to enable printing of two-sided faxes at your printer. Select Off or

Long Edge.

Rx Reduction Select to automatically reduce large documents received to fit on the paper

size supported by the printer.

Stamp Receiver Name Check the Stamp Receive Name check box to enable the printer to print a

page number and the date and time of receipt on the bottom of each page

of a received fax.

Secure Receive You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by

unauthorized people. In secure receive mode, all incoming faxes go into

memory until they are accessed and released for printing. A 4-digit pincode

can be set to prevent faxes being printed by unauthorized users. If Secure

Receive mode is deactivated, any faxes stored in memory are automatically

printed.

Secure Receive Passcode Use this option to enter a passcode which is then used to release received

faxes at the printer. Enter a numeric passcode from 1–6 characters.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

104

6. For Outgoing Policies, select the settings required:

7. Click Save.

Configuring Fax Forwarding

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Fax.

3. For Forwarding, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To forward faxes to an additional fax number, for Forward To, type the fax number.

5. To forward outgoing faxes, click On Outgoing.

6. To forward incoming faxes, click On Incoming. For incoming faxes, to print a copy at the printer,

click Print Local Copy.

7. Click Save.

Configuring Fax Security

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Fax.

3. For Security to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To clear the recipient list after sending a fax, for Clear Recipient List After Job Completes, click

Yes.

5. Click Save.

Enabling Fax To PC

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Fax.

3. For Fax To PC, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To enable a document to be sent from the PC to the printer for faxing to a remote fax machine,

click Enable.

5. Click Save.

Feature Description

ECM Mode Select Error Correction Mode (ECM) to enable Error Correction Mode.

Speaker Use this option to enable or disable the printer speaker.

Sending Confirmation Prints a confirmation page after each fax sent/received.

From the Fax Confirmation drop-down menu select Never, Always or On

Error.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

105

Scan to Network Settings

The Scan To Destination feature allows you to associate scan destinations with address book contacts.

Users can select these contacts when scanning using the Scan To Network feature.

Before You Begin

• Add at least one contact to the Device Address Book.

• Add scan destinations to address book contacts. To Add Contact with Scan Path, click Edit in

Required Settings. For details, refer to Address Book.

If your printer is connected to your computer through a wired or wireless network connection, use

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to configure the Scan to Network settings.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

If your printer is connected to your computer using a USB cable connection, configure Scan to Network

settings at the device or using Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

Configuring Scan to Network Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Adding a Scan Path to an Address Book Contact

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Scan To Network.

3. To add a scan pathway to an address book contact, for Add Contact with Scan Path, click the

Pencil icon.

The address book is displayed.

4. Select the contact, then click Edit.

5. Click the Scan To Destination plus icon.

6. Provide information for the following fields:

•Nickname: Type the name of the scan destination. The nickname is required.

•Protocol: Select the format of the file transfer.

•Address Type: Identify the address type of your computer. Select IPv4 Address or Host

Name, then enter the required information.

•Document Path: Enter the path, and the directory or folder name where the scanned files are

stored on your computer.

•Login Name: Enter your computer user name. The Login Name is required.

•Password: Enter your computer login password.

•Retype Password: Enter your login password again.

Note: If authentication is required for scan locations, enter a valid login name and password.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

106

7. To save the new password, click Select to save new password.

8. Click Save.

Configuring Address Book Policies

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Scan to Network.

3. For Address Book Policies, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To configure the Address Book settings stored in the printer, for Device Address Book, click Edit.

5. To set permissions for the Device Address Book, select Permissions from the address book menu.

To allow users to create or edit contacts in the Device Address Book from the printer control panel,

select Open to All Users.

6. To allow users to locate email addresses in the Device Address Book, for Use Device Address Book,

select Yes. To hide the address book from users, select No.

7. Click Save.

Configuring Scan to Network Defaults

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Scan to Network.

3. For Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. Select the appropriate tab:

• To modify the input settings, select the Input Settings tab.

• To modify the output settings, select the Output Settings tab.

5. In the Default column, click Edit.

6. Modify the settings as needed.

7. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

8. Click Close.

Configuring Confirmation Report

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Scan to Network.

3. For Confirmation Report, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. For Confirmation Report, select an option:

•On

•Off

• Error Only

5. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

107

Configuring PDF Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click Scan to Network.

3. For PDF Settings, to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. For PDF Settings, select an option:

5. For Confirmation Report, select an option:

• Optimize for Fast Web Viewing

• Flate Compression Capability

6. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

Configuring Scan to Network Security

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services

2. Click Scan to Network.

3. For Security to edit a setting, click the Pencil icon.

4. To clear the recipient list after sending the scanned images, for Clear Recipient List After Job

Completes, click Yes.

5. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

USB Settings

The Scan to USB feature allows you to scan a document and store the scanned file on a USB Flash

drive. The Print from USB feature allows you to print a file that is stored on a USB Flash drive.

To use the USB feature, enable USB ports. For details, refer to USB Port Security.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring USB Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Configuring Scan to USB Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click USB.

3. To configure Scan to USB Settings, for Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. Select the appropriate tab:

• To modify the input settings, select the Scan to USB Input Settings option.

• To modify the output settings, select the Scan to USB Output Settings option.

5. In the Default column, click Edit.

6. Modify the settings as needed.

7. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

108

8. Click Close.

Configuring Print from USB Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click USB.

3. To configure Print from USB Settings, for Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. For 2-Sided Printing, in the Default column, click Edit.

5. Select the 2-sided default option required.

6. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

7. Click Close.

ID Card Copy Settings

You can use the ID Card Copy service to copy both sides of an ID card or small document onto one side

of paper.

Note: When configuring settings in Properties, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator

account user name and password. For information about logging in as an administrator, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

Configuring ID Card Copy Settings Using the Printer Control Panel

Changing the Default ID Card Copy Settings

1. At the printer control panel, Device



App Defaults



ID Card Copy Default.

2. Select the default ID card copy settings required.

3. Touch



Confirm.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Configuring ID Card Copy Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

Changing the Default ID Card Copy Settings

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties  Services.

2. Click ID Card Copy.

3. For Defaults, click the Pencil icon.

4. Modify the settings as needed:

•Quantity: Enter the default quality required.

•Lighten/Darken: Enter the default lighten or darken setting to use.

•Background Suppression: Set the default setting to use to reduce or eliminate dark

backgrounds.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

109

5. Click Save. A modification confirmation window is displayed, click OK.

6. Click Close.

Setting Up the Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

110

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

111

Using the Services

This chapter includes:

• Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 112

• Copy ................................................................................................................................................................................... 113

• ID Card Copy .................................................................................................................................................................. 117

• Email .................................................................................................................................................................................. 118

• Scan To ............................................................................................................................................................................. 122

• Fax....................................................................................................................................................................................... 138

• USB .................................................................................................................................................................................... 145

• Device ............................................................................................................................................................................... 147

• Address Book ................................................................................................................................................................. 150

• Jobs ................................................................................................................................................................................... 155

Overview

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

112

Overview

Xerox Services are a gateway to the features and functions of your device. There are standard Services

already installed and displayed on the Home screen. There are also services that are installed as

standard but are hidden when your device is used for the first time.

For information about the setting up the Services and customizing the Home screen, refer to Setting

Up the Services.

Copy

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

113

Copy

Copy Overview

If Authentication has been enabled on your device, enter your login details to access Copy features.

Making a Copy

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

3. Touch Copy.

4. To enter the number of copies needed, touch the

quantity + or - buttons.

To use the touch screen keypad to enter the number of copies, touch the quantity, then touch the

numbers required. To amend the number of copies entered, touch the X button. Touch



Confirm.

5. Adjust copy settings as needed.

Use Copy to make copies of original documents loaded in the automatic

document feeder or on the document glass. The device scans your original

documents and temporarily stores the images. The documents are printed

based on the options selected.

You can adjust the default settings for Copy jobs. For information about

customizing the Copy service, refer to Copy Settings.

Copy

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

114

For details about all available features, refer to Copy Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. Touch Start. If you placed documents in the automatic document feeder, scanning continues until

the feeder is empty.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Using the N-Up Option

This feature is used to copy two or more documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper. It is ideal for creating

handouts, storyboards, or documents used for archival

purposes.

Note: Originals must be loaded in the automatic

document feeder when using this feature.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Copy button.

2. Load your original documents in the automatic

document feeder.

3. To enter the number of copies needed, touch the quantity + or - buttons.

To use the touch screen keypad to enter the number of copies, touch the quantity, then touch the

numbers required. To amend the number of copies entered, touch the X button. Touch



Confirm.

4. Touch N-Up, then select the option required:

•Normal: Copies an original onto one sheet of paper.

•2-Up: Copies two separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

•4-Up: Copies four separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

5. Adjust copy settings as needed.

For details about all available features, refer to Copy Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. Touch Start. If you placed documents in the automatic document feeder, scanning continues until

the feeder is empty.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

The device prints multiple images on one sheet of paper.

1 2

3 4

Copy

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

115

Copy Options

Your device provides the following options to customize your Copy jobs. For information about

changing the default Copy settings, refer to Copy Settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer setup.

Feature Description Options

2-Sided Copying Use the 2-Sided Copying

options to specify 1-Sided

or 2-Sided output.

•1 1 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals

when 1 sided copies are required.

•1 2 Sided: Use this option for 1 sided originals

when 2 sided copies are required.

•1 2 Sided, Rotate Side 2: This option produces 2

sided copies from 1 sided originals and rotates 180

degrees every second side image. Use this option to

create documents which can be read in a head to toe

manner, for example, a calendar.

Reduce/Enlarge Originals can be reduced

or enlarged between 25%

and 400%.

•100 %: Produces an image on the copies the same size

as the image on the original.

•Presets: The 9 most commonly used reduce/enlarge

percentages have been provided as preset options.

These preset options can be customized by your

System or Printer Administrator to meet individual

needs.

•Auto Fit: Reduces or enlarges the image on the copies

based on the size of the original and the size of the

selected output paper.

•Custom. Use the keypad or the up/down arrows to

enter the percentage required.

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4 (210x297mm)

•A5 (148x210mm)

•B5 (182x257mm)

•Executive (7.25 x 10.5”)

•Letter (8.5x11”)

•Folio (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Legal (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Custom: Use this option to enter a custom size image.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten: To lighten the image, touch the settings to

the left of the scale. Works well with dark originals.

•Normal: This setting works well with standard typed

or printed originals.

•Darken: To darken the image, touch the settings to

the right of the scale. Works well with light print.

Copy

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

116

Background

Suppression

Use to print an image

without its background.

This feature reduces or

eliminates the dark

background resulting from

scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

•Off: Select if Background Adjustment is not required.

•Auto: Select to optimize the background.

•Enhance: Select a higher number for a more vivid

background.

•Erase: Select a higher number for a lighter

background.

Original Type The Original Type setting

is used to improve the

image quality by selecting

the document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text/Phot o: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

N-Up This option is used to copy

multiple documents onto

one sheet of paper.

•Normal: Select this option to match the layout of the

originals.

•2 Up: This feature is used to copy two documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.

•4 Up: This feature is used to copy four documents, in a

reduced size, onto one sheet of paper.

Collation Places printed pages in

order.

•On: Defines the page sequence for printing.

•Off: Select if collation is not required.

Feature Description Options

ID Card Copy

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

117

ID Card Copy

ID Card Copy Overview

You can adjust the default settings for ID Card Copy jobs. For information about customizing the ID

Card Copy service, refer to ID Card Copy Settings.

Copying an ID Card

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Lift the automatic document feeder, then place the

original document in the upper-left corner of the

document glass.

3. Touch ID Card Copy.

4. To enter the number of copies needed, touch Quantity,

then touch the numbers required. To amend the number

of copies entered, touch the X button. Touch



Confirm.

5. Adjust the settings as required:

•Lighten/Darken: Use to adjust the lightness or darkness of the output. Touch the level

required, then touch



Confirm.

•Background Suppression: Use to reduce or eliminates the dark background resulting from

scanning colored paper or newspaper originals. Touch Off, Auto, Enhance or Erase, then

touch



Confirm.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. Touch Scan.

7. When scanning is finished, lift the automatic document

feeder. Flip the original document, then place it in the

upper-left corner of the document glass.

8. To scan the second side of the original document and

print the copies, touch Scan.

9. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

The device prints both sides of the original on one side of the

paper.

You can use the ID Card Copy service to copy both sides of an ID card or small

document onto one side of paper. To copy the card, place each side in the

upper-left corner of the document glass. The printer stores both sides of the

document, then prints them side by side on the paper.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

118

Email Overview

Before using Email, set up and configure the Email service on the printer. For details, refer to Email

Settings.

Sending a Scanned Image in an Email

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

3. Touch Email.

4. Enter recipients:

You can use the Email service to scan images and attach them to an email. You

can specify the format of the attachment and images can be scanned in color,

grayscale, or black and white.

Scanned images can be sent to an individual email address or a predefined

group of email addresses. Individual and group email addresses are set up in

the device Address Book prior to using the Email function. For details about

using and editing the device Address Book, refer to Address Book.

The Email service can also be configured to work with a network Address Book.

For details about setting up a network Address Book, refer to Email Settings.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

119

• To enter the email address manually, touch Enter Manually. Type the recipient email address

using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch Address Book, then touch Contact

or Group. Select a recipient or group from the list.

Note: For information about using the Address Book search function, refer to Searching the

Address Book.

• To add more recipients, touch + Add Recipient, then enter the email address manually, or

select a contact or group from the Address Book.

Note: For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating contacts, refer to

Address Book.

• To specify the To, Cc or Bcc options for a recipient, touch the recipient address in the list, then

touch an option. To view the contact card for a recipient, touch View Details. To remove a

contact from the recipient list, touch the Trash icon.

5. Adjust the email settings as needed:

• To save the scanned document with a specific file name, touch the attachment file name

paper clip icon, enter a new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

• To save the scanned document with a specific file format, touch the attachment file format,

then select the required format.

For details about all available features, refer to Email Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. To start the scan, touch Send. If you placed documents in the automatic document feeder,

scanning continues until the feeder is empty.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

120

Email Options

Your device provides the following options to customize your Email jobs. For information about

changing the default Email settings, refer to Email Settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer setup.

Feature Description Options

File Format Determines the type of file

created and can be

temporarily changed for

the current job.

•.pdf: Allows recipients with the right software to view,

print or edit the electronic file, no matter what their

computer platform.

•.tif (Multi-Page): Produces a single TIFF file

containing several pages of scanned images. A more

specialized software is required to open this type of

file format.

•.tif (1 File per Page): Produces a graphic file that can

be opened by a variety of graphic software packages

across a variety of computer platforms. A separate file

is produced for each image scanned.

•.jpg (1 File per Page): Produces a compressed graphic

file that can be opened by a variety of graphic

software packages across a variety of computer

platforms. A separate file is produced for each image

scanned.

File Name Use the File Name option

to specify a name for the

file containing the

scanned images.

The system will generate a standard file name. To enter a

specific file name, using the keypad, type a file name.

Output Color Select to produce black

and white, grayscale or

color output.

•Color: Use to select color output from your original.

•Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.

•Black and White: Use to select black and white

output regardless of the color of your original.

Original Type Used to improve the

image quality by selecting

the document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten: To lighten the image, touch the settings to

the left of the scale. Works well with dark originals.

•Normal: This setting works well with standard typed

or printed originals.

•Darken: To darken the image, touch the settings to

the right of the scale. Works well with light print.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

121

Resolution Affects the appearance of

the scanned image. A

higher resolution produces

a better quality image. A

lower resolution reduces

communication time when

sending the file over the

network.

•72 dpi: This setting is for on screen viewing only. If

you print the image, it can appear grainy.

•100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text

documents or if a smaller file size is required.

•200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text

documents and line art. Does not produce the best

image quality for photos and graphics.

•300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

documents that are to pass through OCR (Optical

Character Recognition) applications. Also

recommended for high quality line art or medium

quality photos and graphics.

•400 dpi: Recommended for original documents that

have thin lines, small font sizes, or for image

enlargement.

•600 dpi: Intended for commercial-quality printing.

This option will produce a large file size and can take

longer to transmit over a network.

Background

Suppression

This feature reduces or

eliminates the dark

background resulting from

scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

•Off: Select if Background Adjustment is not required.

•Auto: Select to optimize the background.

•Enhance: Select a higher number for a more vivid

background.

•Erase: Select a higher number for a lighter

background.

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4 (210x297mm)

•A5 (148x210mm)

•B5 (182x257mm)

•Executive (7.25 x 10.5”)

•Letter (8.5x11”)

•Folio (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Legal (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Custom: Use this option to enter a custom size image.

From To include an email

address that you want the

recipient to reply to, use

the From option.

Note: This option can be

enabled or disabled.

To include a From email address, using the keypad, enter

the email address of the sender.

Feature Description Options

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

122

Scan To

Scanning Overview

The Scan To options enable users to create a digital version of a hard copy document which can be

sent to a computer over the network or through a USB cable connection. The original documents can

be scanned in color, grayscale, or black and white, and the digital file can then be sent to a specified

destination.

Before you begin the scan process, ensure that your device has been set up for the scan function at

install. For instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to Scan to Network

Settings.

The Scan To services can be configured to scan to destinations in Windows, Macintosh, or Linux

operating system environments. For information about configuring the scanning settings, refer to

Installation and Setup.

The following Scan To services can be setup and accessed from the Home screen:

•Scan to PC: You can scan a document to a computer connected directly to the device using a USB

cable connection, or to a networked computer.

To scan to a local or networked computer, refer to Scanning to a Local or Networked Computer.

•Scan to Network: Use this option to scan an image and send it to shared folder on an SMB server,

or an FTP server. The destination pathway is added as a Scan To Destination for a contact in the

Address Book.

To scan to a shared SMB folder or an FTP, refer to Scanning to a Shared SMB Folder or an FTP

Server.

•Scan to WSD (Web Services for Devices): The Scan to WSD feature enables users to create a

digital version of a hard copy document which can be sent to applications or computers that

support Microsoft's Web Services for Devices. The WSD process initiates a scan and forwards it to

an address designated by the Windows event, from your PC or from the printer.

To scan to WSD, refer to Scan to WSD.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your scanning setup.

You can also send scanned images to an email address, and scan and print images to and from a USB

flash drive. For details about scanning and sending an image to an email address refer to Email. For

information about storing and printing files using a USB drive, refer to USB.

You can adjust the default settings for Scan jobs. For information about customizing the Scan settings,

refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

123

Scanning Methods

Your device offers the following ways to scan an image using a local connection:

•TWAIN: TWAIN drivers handle the communication between computer software and the scanning

device. This feature can be used via a local connection or a network connection in various

operating systems.

•WIA (Windows Image Acquisition): To use this feature your computer must be connected to the

printer via a USB cable and running Windows Vista or Windows 7, 8 or 10.

For information about scanning using TWAIN and WIA, refer to Scan Using TWAIN and WIA.

Scan to PC

Scan to PC Overview

Before you begin the scan process, ensure that your printer has been set up for the scan function at

install. For instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to Scan to Network

Settings.

For Windows and Macintosh scanning, the Printer Driver with Xerox Easy Printer Manager must be

installed on your computer prior to use.

Note: If you have not set up scan in Easy Printer Manager from your computer, your computer will

not appear as a destination in the Scan to PC service.

The Scan to PC service enables users to create a digital version of a hard copy

document which can be sent to a computer over the network or through a USB

connection. The document can be scanned in color, grayscale, or black and

white, and the digital file can then be sent to a specified destination.

You can scan a document to a computer connected to the device in one of two

ways:

•USB Connection: To scan to a computer connected directly to the device,

use a USB cable connection.

•Network Connection: To scan to a computer on the network, the printer

must be installed on the same network as the computer.

You can adjust the default settings for Scan jobs. For information about

customizing the Scan settings, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

124

Scanning to a Local or Networked Computer

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

3. Touch Scan to PC.

A list of available computers appear.

4. Touch the computer destination required.

5. Adjust the scan settings as needed:

• To save the scanned document with a specific file name, touch the attachment file name

paper clip icon, enter a new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

• To save the scanned document with a specific file format, touch the attachment file format,

then select the required format.

For details about all available features, refer to Scan Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. Touch Scan.

The device begins scanning the original.

If scanning from the document glass, to scan another page touch Yes. Load an original and touch

Scan. Otherwise, touch No.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected in the job.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

125

Scanning to PC Using Xerox Easy Printer Manager

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is available for Windows and Macintosh operating systems and

conveniently combines device settings as well as use of functions such as scanning, faxing and printing.

1. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

2. At your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

3. Click the Printer menu, then from the list, select the printer required.

4. At the top of the Xerox Easy Printer Manager window, select Advanced Setting or Machine

Settings.

5. Click Scan to PC Settings. The Scan to PC Settings screen appears.

6. For Scan activation, select Enable.

7. Select the scan features required:

•Color Mode or Output Color: Select to produce black and white, grayscale or color output.

•Resolution: Affects the appearance of the scanned image. A higher resolution produces a

better quality image. A lower resolution reduces communication time when sending the file

over the network.

•Scan Size or Original Size: Allows you to specify the size of the image to be scanned.

•Original Type: Used to improve the image quality by selecting the document type for the

originals.

•Darkness or Lighten/Darken: Adjusts the lightness or darkness of the output.

8. Select your File Settings:

•Save to: Browse to the location where you want your scanned file to be saved.

•File Format: Determines the type of file created.

•OCR Language: If scanning to a format compatible with OCR, select OCR settings.

9. For Actions after Saving select an option.

10. Click Save at the bottom of screen to save your scan and file settings.

Note: You can also select Default to set the device to scan using the default settings.

11. Click Home, then click Scan. The Easy Document Creator utility opens.

12. To scan, select Quick Scan or Advanced Scan. Select the scan settings required and click Scan.

13. Click Save to save your scanned image and send it to the location specified. Use Scan More to

scan additional documents.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

126

Scan to Network

Scan to Network Overview

Before you begin the scan process, ensure that your printer has been set up for the Scan to Network

function at install. For details, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scanning to a Shared SMB Folder or an FTP Server

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

3. Touch Scan to Network.

A list of address book contacts setup with Scan To

Destinations appears.

Use this option to scan an image and send it to shared folder on an SMB server,

or an FTP server. The destination pathway must be added as a Scan To

Destination for a contact in the Address Book.

Make sure the shared folder or FTP location is configured and the settings

included in the Address Book contact For details about using and editing the

Address Book, refer to Address Book.

You can adjust the default settings for Scan jobs. For information about

customizing the Scan settings, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

127

4. To select a contact from the list, touch Contact required. To add more contacts, touch + Add, then

select a contact from the Address Book.

Note: For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating contacts, refer to

Address Book.

5. Adjust the scan settings as needed:

• To save the scanned document with a specific file name, touch the attachment file name

paper clip icon, enter a new name using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

• To save the scanned document with a specific file format, touch the attachment file format,

then select the required format.

For details about all available features, refer to Scan Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. Touch Scan.

The device begins scanning the original.

If scanning from the document glass, to scan another page touch Yes. Load an original and touch

Scan. Otherwise, touch No.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected in the job.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

128

Scan to WSD

Scan to WSD Overview

Before you begin the scan process, ensure that your printer has been set up for the Scan to WSD

function at install. For details, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scanning to WSD from the Printer Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

3. Touch WSD Scan.

A list of WSD scan profiles appears.

4. From the list, select a WSD scan profile.

5. To start the scan, touch Scan.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected in the job.

6. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

The Scan to WSD feature enables users to create a digital version of a hard

copy document which can be sent to applications or computers that support

Microsoft's Web Services for Devices. The WSD process initiates a scan and

forwards it to an address designated by the Windows event, from your PC or

from the printer.

You can adjust the default settings for Scan jobs. For information about

customizing the Scan settings, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

129

Scan Using the Windows Web Services on Devices Application

On your computer, ensure that the printer is installed using WSD and is available for use on the

network. For details, refer to Installation and Setup. On your printer, ensure that WSD is enabled. For

details, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

1. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

2. On your computer, open the Windows Fax and Scan application.

3. Click File, then select New, then Scan.

4. To select your device for scanning, for Scanner, click Change. From the list, select your printer.

5. In the New Scan window, click the Profile list. Depending on the type of documents that you are

scanning, choose an option.

• For text-based documents or documents containing line art, choose Documents.

• For documents containing graphic images, or for photographs, choose Photo.

The default settings for scanning a document or photo appear automatically.

6. Adjust scanning options as needed.

7. To view how your document appears when scanned, click Preview.

8. To scan the original document, click Scan.

The scanned image is stored in the default Documents folder, in the Scanned Documents sub

folder.

9. You can forward scanned images to an email address or a network folder automatically. To choose

a forwarding option, click Tools, then click Scan Routing. Select your preferred option, enter the

destination details, then click Save.

The scanned images are forwarded to the specified destination.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

130

Scan Options

Your device provides the following options to customize your Scan jobs. For information about

changing the default Scan settings, refer to Scan to Network Settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your scan setup.

Feature Description Options

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4 (210x297mm)

•A5 (148x210mm)

•B5 (182x257mm)

•Executive (7.25 x 10.5”)

•Letter (8.5x11”)

•Folio (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Legal (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Custom: Use this option to enter a custom size image.

Original Type Used to improve the

image quality by selecting

the document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Resolution Affects the appearance of

the scanned image. A

higher resolution produces

a better quality image. A

lower resolution reduces

communication time when

sending the file over the

network.

•72 dpi: This setting is for on screen viewing only. If

you print the image, it can appear grainy.

•100 dpi: Recommended for lower quality text

documents or if a smaller file size is required.

•200 dpi: Recommended for average quality text

documents and line art. Does not produce the best

image quality for photos and graphics.

•300 dpi: Recommended for high quality text

documents that are to pass through OCR (Optical

Character Recognition) applications. Also

recommended for high quality line art or medium

quality photos and graphics.

•400 dpi: Recommended for original documents that

have thin lines, small font sizes, or for image

enlargement.

•600 dpi: Intended for commercial-quality printing.

This option will produce a large file size and can take

longer to transmit over a network.

Output Color Select to produce black

and white, grayscale or

color output.

•Color: Use to select color output from your original.

•Grayscale: Use if output is to be in shades of gray.

•Black and White: Use to select black and white

output regardless of the color of your original.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

131

File Format Determines the type of file

created and can be

temporarily changed for

the current job.

•.pdf: Allows recipients with the right software to view,

print or edit the electronic file, no matter what their

computer platform.

•.tif (Multi-Page): Produces a single TIFF file

containing several pages of scanned images. A more

specialized software is required to open this type of

file format.

•.tif (1 File per Page): Produces a graphic file that can

be opened by a variety of graphic software packages

across a variety of computer platforms. A separate file

is produced for each image scanned.

•.jpg (1 File per Page): Produces a compressed graphic

file that can be opened by a variety of graphic

software packages across a variety of computer

platforms. A separate file is produced for each image

scanned.

Background

Suppression

This feature reduces or

eliminates the dark

background resulting from

scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

•Off: Select if Background Adjustment is not required.

•Auto: Select to optimize the background.

•Enhance: Select a higher number for a more vivid

background.

•Erase: Select a higher number for a lighter

background.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten: To lighten the image, touch the settings to

the left of the scale. Works well with dark originals.

•Normal: This setting works well with standard typed

or printed originals.

•Darken: To darken the image, touch the settings to

the right of the scale. Works well with light print.

Feature Description Options

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

132

Scan Using TWAIN and WIA

TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) scanner drivers are provided for your device for

scanning images. You can import images from the scanner into a folder on your computer using a USB

cable connection, through your scanning software application.

The TWAIN and WIA scanner drivers for Windows are supplied on the CD delivered with your device,

additional software, and Macintosh and Linux drivers can be downloaded from

www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

1. Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Install the TWAIN/WIA scanner drivers. For details, refer to Installing Printer Software.

3. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

4. At your computer, open the application where you want to scan the image.

5. In the application, ensure that your printer is set as the active scanning device. To acquire the

image, select the appropriate menu item for initiating a new scan.

6. From the scanning source menu, select an option:

• For the document glass, select Flatbed.

• For the automatic document feeder, select Document Feeder.

7. Select other scan driver settings as needed.

8. To preview the document, or to select a portion of the document to scan, select Preview.

The printer scans a preview of the image.

Note: The preview feature is available only for documents loaded on the document glass.

9. To resize the frame, select the corner points, then move them.

10. For most scanning applications, to begin scanning, click Scan.

The printer scans your original documents and saves the images to the output destination specified in

the software application.

Note: Different software applications have different default settings for the output. For details,

refer to the documentation provided with your application.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

133

Macintosh Scanning

This section describes the procedure for scanning using applications on a Macintosh computer running

Mac OS X 10.9 or later.

For Macintosh scanning, the Printer Driver with the Printers & Scanners program, or an application such

as Image Capture must be installed. Printer drivers for Macintosh can be downloaded from

www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

Before you begin:

• Ensure the Scan function has been set up for your device. For details, refer to Installation and

Setup.

• Ensure the applications required are loaded on your Macintosh computer and ready to use.

Use TWAIN-compliant software to apply more scan options. You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant

software, such as Adobe Photoshop. For information about using the TWAIN driver, refer to Scan Using

TWAIN and WIA.

Scanning Using the Printers and Scanners Program

Make sure that the printer is powered on and connected to your computer using a USB cable, or

installed on the network. Download and install the scan driver, refer to Installing Printer Software.

1. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

2. At your Macintosh computer, open System Preferences, then select Printers & Scanners.

3. From the list of printers, select the printer required.

4. Select Scan, then click Open Scanner.

5. Select the features for the scan job.

For information about the scan options, refer to Macintosh Scan Options.

6. Click Scan.

The original document is scanned and saved to the specified folder.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

134

Scanning Using the Image Capture Application

Make sure that the printer is powered on and connected to your computer using a USB cable, or

installed on the network. Download and install the scan driver, refer to Installing Printer Software.

1. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

2. At your Macintosh computer, open the Applications folder and click Image Capture.

3. From the list of Devices, select the printer required.

Note: Network devices are listed as SHARED devices.

4. Select the features for the scan job.

For information about the scan options, refer to Macintosh Scan Options.

5. Click Scan.

The original document is scanned and saved to the specified folder.

Note: If scanning does not operate in Image Capture, update Mac OS to the latest version. Image

Capture operates correctly in Mac OS X 10.3.9 or higher, and Mac OS X 10.4.7 or higher.

Macintosh Scan Options

Feature Description Option

Scan Mode Use this option to select the scanning

input area.

• Flatbed: From the document glass

• Document Feeder

Kind Select to produce black and white,

grayscale or color output.

•Text

• Black and White

• Color

Resolution Affects the appearance of the scanned

image. A higher resolution produces a

better quality image. A lower resolution

reduces communication time when

sending the file over the network.

• 75 dpi - 600 dpi

Size Allows you to specify the size of the

image to be scanned. Use Custom Size

to enter non-standard size.

• A4, Letter, Legal

• Use Custom Size

Orientation Use to specify the orientation of the

original document being scanned.

•Portrait

• Landscape

•Reversed Portrait

• Reversed Landscape

Scan To Use to specify the destination for the

file being scanned.

• A list of available folders is displayed.

• Use Other to select additional

folders.

Name Use to create a name for the scanned

document.

Enter a name for the scanned file. The

file name is appended with a number for

subsequent scans.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

135

Format Determines the type of file created. JPEG, TIFF, PNG, JPEG 2000, GIF, BMP,

PDF

Image Correction Use to adjust the image quality settings

used when scanning the original

documents.

•None

• Manual: Brightness, Tint,

Tem pe ra ture

Feature Description Option

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

136

Linux Scanning

This section describes the procedure for scanning using applications on a Linux computer. For

information about the supported Linux Operating Systems, refer to System Requirements.

For Linux scanning, the Unified Linux Driver with a scanning application such as Simple Scan, or GIMP

must be installed. Printer drivers for Linux Operating Systems can be downloaded from

www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

Before you begin:

• Ensure the Scan function has been set up for your device. For details, refer to Installation and

Setup.

• Ensure the applications required are loaded on your Linux computer and ready to use.

Scanning Using Simple Scan

Make sure that the printer is powered on and connected to your computer using a USB cable, or

installed on the network. Download and install the Unified Linux Driver, refer to Installing Printer

Software.

1. At the printer, load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original

face down on the document glass.

2. Open the Simple Scan application.

3. To select the scanner, click the menu icon and select Preferences. From the Scanner list, select the

printer.

4. To select additional scanning preferences, choose options from the Scanning and Quality tabs,

then click X.

5. From the Scan menu, select scan options required:

Feature Description

Single Page Use this option to scan a single page from the

document glass.

All Pages From Feeder Use this option to scan multiple pages loaded into

the Automatic Document Feeder.

Multiple Pages From Flatbed Use this option to scan a multi-page job using the

document glass. Load original documents one at a

time.

Text or Photo Use this option to select the type of originals being

scanned.

Scan To

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

137

6. To scan the original document, click Scan.

7. Click the button to switch to Scanners Configuration.

The Simple Scan preview window displays the scanned image.

8. Adjust the image as required:

• To rotate the image, use the Arrow icons.

• To crop the image use the Scissor icon.

• To delete the image, use the Trash icon.

9. To save the file, click the Download icon, then navigate to the file location required.

10. To select a different file type, choose the file type required from the File Format menu.

11. To change the file name, type the file name required, then click Save.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

138

Fax

Fax Overview

You can adjust the default settings for Fax jobs. For information about customizing the Fax service,

refer to Fax Settings.

You can use the Fax feature to do the following tasks:

• Delay the send of your fax job for up to 24 hours.

• Send a fax from your computer.

• Forward fax documents to an email address.

Sending a Fax

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

• Use the document glass for single pages or paper

that cannot be fed using the automatic document

feeder. Lift the document feeder, then place the

original document face down in the upper-left

corner of the document glass.

• For single or multiple pages, use the automatic

document feeder. Remove any staples and paper

clips from the pages. Insert the original documents

face up in the document feeder, with the top of the

page entering the feeder first. Adjust the paper

guides so that they fit against the original

documents.

You can use Fax to fax documents to a fax number, or individual contact, or to a

group of contacts. When you send a fax from the printer control panel, the

document is scanned and transmitted to a fax device using a dedicated

telephone line.

Before using Fax, set up and configure the Fax functions and features on the

printer. For details, refer to Fax Settings.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

139

3. Touch Fax.

4. Enter recipients:

• To enter the fax number manually, touch Enter Manually. Type the recipient fax number

using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch the - Dial Pause symbol. To enter longer pauses, touch

the - Dial Pause symbol multiple times. To access additional special characters, touch the Special

Characters icon in the lower right corner.

• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch Address Book, then touch Contact

or Group. Select a recipient or group from the list.

Note: For information about using the Address Book search function, refer to Searching the

Address Book.

• To add more recipients, touch + Add Recipient, then enter fax number manually, or select a

contact or group from the Address Book.

Note: For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating contacts, refer to

Address Book.

• To view details for a recipient, touch the recipient in the list, then touch View Details. To

remove a recipient from the recipient list, touch the Trash icon.

5. Adjust the fax settings as needed.

For details about all available features, refer to Fax Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

6. To start the scan, touch Send. If you placed documents in the automatic document feeder,

scanning continues until the feeder is empty.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

140

Sending a Delayed Fax

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Load your original documents:

3. Touch Fax.

4. Enter recipients:

• To enter the fax number manually, touch Enter Manually. Type the recipient fax number

using the touch screen keypad, then touch



Confirm.

Note: To insert a pause as needed, touch the - Dial Pause symbol. To enter longer pauses, touch

the - Dial Pause symbol multiple times. To access additional special characters, touch the Special

Characters icon in the lower right corner.

• To select a contact or group from the Address Book, touch Address Book, then touch Contact

or Group. Select a recipient or group from the list.

Note: For information about using the Address Book search function, refer to Searching the

Address Book.

• To add more recipients, touch + Add Recipient, then enter fax number manually, or select a

contact or group from the Address Book.

Note: For details about using the Address Book and managing and creating contacts, refer to

Address Book.

• To view details for a recipient, touch the recipient in the list, then touch View Details. To

remove a recipient from the recipient list, touch the Trash icon.

5. Touch Delay Send.

6. To enable the delayed fax feature, touch Send Time, then set the fax send time:

• To set the time to send the fax, touch the + and - buttons to adjust the hour and minutes.

• To specify the clock format, touch AM, PM or 24H.

• To confirm the settings, touch



Confirm.

7. Adjust additional fax settings as needed.

For details about all available features, refer to Fax Options.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

8. Touch Send. The fax is scanned and saved, then sent at the time that you specified.

9. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

141

Sending a Fax From Your Computer

You can send a fax from your PC without going to the printer with your hard copy original. With this

convenient feature, you send your file to the fax device as you do a print job, and then the printer sends

out your file as it does a fax job.

To send a fax from your PC you will need to install the PC-Fax software and customize the software

settings. Refer to Installation and Setup for these setup instructions.

Sending a Fax From an Application using the Printer Driver

1. Open the document you want to send.

2. Select Print from the File menu.

The Print window is displayed. It may look slightly different depending on your application.

3. Select Xerox MFP PC Fax from your printer list in the Name drop-down list box.

4. Select Printer Properties, then select OK.

The Fax Properties screen displays.

5. Send the fax using one of the following methods:

Specify fax options before sending: If this option is selected, you can set fax options, such as

image quality and cover page settings, before sending the fax.

a. Enter fax recipient details and select options:

•Address Book: To add a fax recipient from an address book, select the address book

required. You will be able to select recipients from the address book on the Fax Options

screen, before sending the fax.

•Notify me on delivery: Select this option to receive a notification when the fax is

delivered to the fax recipient.

•Fax Transmission History: Use this option to display information about previous fax

transmissions.

•Layout: Use the layout options to specify the paper size and orientation of the fax

document.

•Advanced: Use the advanced settings to enter accounting or ID information if a

third-party job accounting system has been configured to work with PC Fax.

b. Click OK. The Print window reappears.

c. Click OK. The Fax Options page appears.

d. Select the Fax Options required:

• Check that the correct printer is identified at top. If not, select Change and select the

printer required.

• Select a Recipient from the pull-down menu, or type in a recipient address, or click the

Address Book button to search for an address. You can specify up to 15 recipients. To

add a new recipient to the address book, click Add to AddressBook.

• Choose the Quality option: Standard or Fine. Choose the Original Type: Text,

Text/Photo, or Photo.

• To add a cover page and message, select the Use cover page check box. Fill in the text

fields for the cover page.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

142

• To change the style and layout of the cover page, click Advanced. The Fax Cover Page

style window appears. Adjust the cover page Basic and Advanced settings as required,

then click OK.

•To receive a notification when the fax is delivered to the fax recipient, click Notify me on

delivery.

•To view the cover page and fax document before sending, click Preview. To return to the

Fax Options window, click Close.

e. Click Send to send the document from your PC to your fax device, which will fax the

document to the destination fax or faxes listed.

Automatically send to: If this option is selected, fax recipients and options are selected on the

current screen, and the fax is sent without creating a cover page or making further option

selections.

a. To manually add a fax recipient, type the fax number in the recipients window. To separate

fax recipients, use a comma.

b. To add recipients from the Fax Address List, click the recipient required and click Add

selected. The fax recipient number is added to the recipients window.

c. To add new entries into the Fax Address List for future use, click Add and enter the recipients

Name and Fax number. To change recipient details, click the recipient in the list, then click

Edit. To remove a recipient from the list, click the recipient, then click Remove.

d. To receive a notification when the fax is delivered to the fax recipient, click Notify me on

delivery.

e. To display information about previous fax transmissions, click Fax Transmission History.

f. Click OK. The Print window reappears.

g. Click OK to send the document from your PC to your fax device, which will fax the document

to the destination fax or faxes listed.

Sending a Fax Using Xerox Easy Printer Manager

1. At your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

2. Select the printer.

3. Click FAX. The Send by Fax window appears.

4. To select files for faxing, click Add File. Browse to the file required, then click Open. The file is

added to the file list. Add additional files as required. To remove a file from the list, select the file,

then click Remove.

5. Click Start. The Fax Options page appears.

6. Check that the correct printer is identified at top. If not, select Change and select the printer

required.

7. Select a Recipient from the pull-down menu, or type in a recipient address, or click the Address

Book button to search for an address. You can specify up to 15 recipients. To add a new recipient

to the address book, click Add to AddressBook.

8. Choose the Quality option: Standard or Fine. Choose the Original Type: Text, Text/Photo, or

Photo.

9. To add a cover page and message, select the Use cover page check box. Fill in the text fields for

the cover page.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

143

10. To change the style and layout of the cover page, click Advanced. The Fax Cover Page style

window appears. Adjust the cover page Basic and Advanced settings as required, then click OK.

11. To receive a notification when the fax is delivered to the fax recipient, click Notify me on delivery.

12. To view the cover page and fax document before sending, click Preview. To return to the Fax

Options window, click Close.

13. Click Send to send the document from your PC to your fax device, which will fax the document to

the destination fax or faxes listed.

Fax Options

Your device provides the following options to customize your Fax jobs. For information about changing

the default Fax settings, refer to Fax Settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer setup.

Feature Description Options

Original Type Used to improve the

image quality by selecting

the document type for the

originals.

•Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

•Text and Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

•Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

•Lighten: To lighten the image, touch the settings to

the left of the scale. Works well with dark originals.

•Normal: This setting works well with standard typed

or printed originals.

•Darken: To darken the image, touch the settings to

the right of the scale. Works well with light print.

Resolution Affects the appearance of

the scanned image. A

higher resolution produces

a better quality image. A

lower resolution reduces

communication time when

sending the file over the

network.

•Standard (200 x 100 dpi): Recommended for average

quality text documents and line art. Does not produce

the best image quality for photos and graphics.

•Fine (200 dpi): Recommended for original documents

that have thin lines, small font sizes, or for image

enlargement.

•Super Fine (300 dpi): Intended for

commercial-quality printing. This option will produce

a large file size and can take longer to transmit over a

telephone line.

Background

Suppression

This feature reduces or

eliminates the dark

background resulting from

scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

•Off: Select if Background Adjustment is not required.

•Auto: Select to optimize the background.

•Enhance: Select a higher number for a more vivid

background.

•Erase: Select a higher number for a lighter

background.

Fax

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

144

Original Size Allows you to specify the

size of the image to be

scanned.

•A4 (210x297mm)

•A5 (148x210mm)

•B5 (182x257mm)

•Executive (7.25 x 10.5”)

•Letter (8.5x11”)

•Folio (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Legal (available only when an original is in the ADF)

•Custom: Use this option to enter a custom size image.

Send Header Text It is unlawful to send a fax

message without the

proper header text. To

ensure that the following

information is included on

all faxes, use the Send

Header Text option.

•On

•Off

Delay Send You can set a time in the

future for the printer to

send your fax job. You can

delay the send of your fax

job for up to 24 hours.

•Off: Delay Send is not required.

•Send Time: Select the time to send the fax and the

clock format.

Feature Description Options

USB

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

145

USB

USB Overview

To create a print-ready file, select the Print to File option when you print your documents from

programs such as Microsoft Word. From advanced publishing programs, there may be several methods

to create print-ready files.

Printing from a USB Flash Drive

You can print a file stored on a USB Flash drive. The USB port is on the front of the printer.

Note:

•If the device is in Power Saver mode, before proceeding with the Print job, to wake the

device, press the Power On/Off button.

•Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.

1. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB memory port on the printer.

2. At the USB Drive has been detected screen, touch Print from USB.

Note: If this feature does not appear, enable the feature. For more information, refer to USB

Settings.

3. Browse to the folder and files required. Touch the check box for each file required.

4. Touch



Confirm.

5. Confirm that the required files are listed.

• To select more files, touch +, then select additional files.

• To remove a file name from the list, touch the file name.

6. Select the quantity, and 2-sided printing options.

7. Touch Print.

8. When you are finished, remove the USB Flash drive.

Use the USB feature to print jobs already stored on a USB drive. Jobs in a

print-ready format, such as PDF, TIFF, or JPEG, can be printed. Images can also

be scanned at the device and stored on the USB drive.

USB

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

146

Scanning to a USB Drive

You can scan a document and store the scanned file on a USB Flash drive. The Scan to USB function

produces scans in .jpg, .pdf, .pdf (a), .xps, and .tif file formats.

Note:

•If the device is in Power Saver mode, before proceeding with the USB scan, to wake the

device, press the Power On/Off button.

•Only USB Flash drives formatted to the typical FAT32 file system are supported.

To scan to a USB Flash drive:

1. Insert the USB Flash drive into the USB memory port on the printer.

2. At the USB Drive has been detected screen, touch Scan to USB.

Note: If this feature does not appear, enable the feature. For more information, refer to USB

Settings.

3. To save the scanned file to a specific folder on the USB Flash drive, navigate to the directory where

you want to save your file, then touch



Confirm.

4. To save the scanned document as a specific file name, touch the attachment file name, then enter

a new name using the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

5. To save the scanned document as a specific file format, touch the attachment file format, then

select the required format.

6. Adjust scanning features as needed.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all feature screens.

7. To begin the scan, touch Scan. The printer scans your images to the folder that you specified.

When you are finished, remove the USB Flash drive.

Device

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

147

Device

Device Overview

You can configure many Device options to meet your individual needs. For details about configuring.

Device Options

The following Device options are available:

Device gives you access to information about your printer, including the serial

number and model. You can view the status of the paper trays, billing and

supplies information, and print Information Pages.

Option Description

Language Language allows you to set the language that appears on the

control panel.

About The About option provides an overview of your device and its

current settings and status.

Information Pages Your printer has a set of Information Pages that you can print. These

pages include configuration, supplies usage, billing information and

more. For more information, refer to Information Pages.

Notifications Use the Notifications option to see details of current alerts or faults

on the device. A History button displays fault codes and the date

that the fault occurred on the device.

Paper Trays Use the Paper Trays option to see the paper size, type, and color set

for each paper tray and the tray-capacity status.

Supplies Use the Supplies option to monitor the status of the components

you can replace. The supply level and estimated number of

impressions or days left for each unit is displayed.

Billing Meters Use the Billing Meters option to view the serial number and the total

number of impressions made by your device.

General Use the General option to customize settings such as the

power-saver modes, date and time, and control panel brightness.

You can configure the General settings using the device control

panel, or by using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Device

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

148

For information about changing network and service settings, refer to Installation and Setup.

About

The About option provides an overview of your device and current settings and status. You can access

Information Pages and reports using this option.

Supply Status

You can check the status and percentage of life remaining for your printer supplies at the control panel

or from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. When printer supplies near their replacement time,

warning alerts appear on the control panel. You can customize the alerts that appear on the control

panel and configure email alert notifications.

To check the supplies status and set up alerts using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, refer to

Configuring Alert Notifications.

Checking the Supplies Status at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Supplies.

The device displays status information for each printer supply item.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Checking Supplies Status Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Status.

3. Select Consumables.

Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge status information is displayed.

Network Use the Connectivity option to configure network settings at the

control panel, or join another wireless network.

App Defaults Use this option to set default settings for each of the services.

Option Description

Device

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

149

Checking Supplies Status Using Xerox Easy Printer Manager

1. At your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

2. Select the printer.

3. Select the Home page.

Device status, Supplies information and Paper information is displayed.

Billing Meter Information

You can view billing meter information at the control panel or from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services. The billing meter displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or

printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of

paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.

Note: If you provide regular billing information for your device, you can use SMart eSolutions to

simplify the process. You can enable SMart eSolutions to send billing meter readings to Xerox

automatically so that you do not have to collect the readings manually. For more information,

refer to Configuring SMart eSolutions.

Viewing Billing Information at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Billing Meters.

The printer serial number and number of impressions is shown.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Viewing Billing Information using Xerox

CentreWare

Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Properties.

3. Select the General Setup link.

4. Select the Billing & Counters link.

5. To view the printer serial number and total impressions, select Billing Information. To update the

page, select the Refresh option.

6. To view the count for each type of device usage, select Usage Counters. To update the page,

select the Refresh option.

Address Book

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

150

Address Book

Address Book Overview

The device can also be configured to use a network address book if the LDAP function has been set up.

For details about setting up a network Address Book, refer to Email Settings.

Using and Editing the Address Book at the Control Panel

Adding Contacts in the Address Book at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Address Book.

3. Touch the + Add Contact.

4. Enter the contact details:

•Name: To enter the contact name, touch Name, then use the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

•Email: To enter the email address, touch Email, then use the touch screen keypad. Touch



Confirm.

•Fax: To enter a fax number for the contact, touch Fax, then use the touch screen keypad.

Tou ch



Confirm.

•Scan to Network: To enter a scan to network location for the contact, use Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For details, refer to Adding or Editing Contacts in the Address Book Using

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

5. To save the contact, touch



Confirm.

6. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Use the device Address Book to store addresses for all your Fax, Scan and Email

jobs. Once the device Address Book has been setup during installation and

setup, you can enter individual addresses and fax numbers and create groups,

and store them in your device Address Book for repeated use.

You can create and save contact information for individual contacts or groups.

You can manage address book contacts at the control panel, or using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Address Book

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

151

Editing or Deleting Contacts in the Address Book at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Address Book.

3. From the Address Book, touch a contact name, then touch the Edit icon.

4. To change contact information, touch the information that you want to update, edit as needed,

then touch



Confirm.

5. To save your contact changes, touch



Confirm.

6. To delete a contact, touch Delete Contact, then touch Yes to confirm.

7. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Searching the Address Book

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

1. Touch Address Book.

2. Touch the Search icon, then enter the name required and touch



Confirm.

A list of matching entries is displayed. If no entries match the email address, touch Cancel or

Retry.

3. From the list, touch the contact required.

Adding or Editing Contacts in the Address Book Using

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Adding Contacts in the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. Click the Add button.

4. Provide information for the following fields:

•First Name: Type the first name that you want to appear in the Address Book.

•Last Name: Type the last name that you want to appear in the Address Book.

•Company: Type the company name to which the contact is associated.

•Display Name: Type the name of the contact as you want the name to appear on the printer

control panel. The Display Name is required.

•Email: Type the email address for the address book contact.

Address Book

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

152

5. Click the Scan To Destination plus icon.

6. Provide information for the following fields:

•Nickname: Type the name of the scan destination. The nickname is required.

•Protocol: Select the format of the file transfer.

•Address Type: Identify the address type of your computer. Select IPv4 Address or Host

Name, then enter the required information.

•Document Path: Enter the path, and the directory or folder name where the scanned files are

stored on your computer.

•Login Name: Enter your computer user name. The Login Name is required.

•Password: Enter your computer login password.

•Retype Password: Enter your login password again.

Note: If authentication is required for scan locations, enter a valid login name and password.

7. To save the new password, click Select to save new password.

8. To add another contact, click Add Another Contact After Saving.

9. Click Save.

Adding Groups in the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. Click Groups.

4. Click the Add Group button.

5. In the Group Name field, type the group name.

6. To add contacts to the group:

• To add individual members to the group, click each contact required. Each contact selected is

added to the Group Members list.

• To add all contacts to the group, click Add All.

7. To remove contacts from the group:

• To remove individual members from the group, click each contact requiring removal. Each

contact selected is removed from the Group Members list.

• To remove all contacts from the group, click Remove All.

8. Click Save.

Address Book

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

153

Editing or Deleting Contacts in the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. Select the contact requiring editing or deleting.

4. Edit or delete the contact:

• To edit the selected contact name or contact information, click Edit. Edit the information as

needed. To save the changes, click Save.

• To delete the selected contact from the Address Book, click Delete. At the prompt, click OK.

Editing or Deleting Groups in the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. Select the group requiring editing or deleting.

4. Edit or delete the group:

• To edit the selected group name or members, click Edit Group. Edit the information as

needed. To save the changes, click Save.

• To delete the selected group from the Address Book, click Delete Group. At the prompt, click

OK.

Importing Contacts into the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. From the drop-down menu, click Import From File.

4. Click Browse, then select the Address Book file that you want to import.

Note: You can import only .csv files.

5. For Record Delimiter, from the drop-down menu, select the delimiter used in the file.

6. For Remove Bracket, to remove brackets from the file, select the check box.

Address Book

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

154

7. For Existing Content Management, click Add new contacts to the existing Device Address Book

or Replace existing Device Address Book with the new contacts.

8. Click Upload File.

9. Verify the information in the address book fields.

10. Click Import.

Exporting Contacts from the Address Book Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Address Book.

3. From the drop-down menu, click Export.

4. For Delimiter, from the drop-down menu, select the delimiter required.

5. For Export in Legacy Mode, to display name and email information only, select the check box.

6. Click Export, then save the file to the location required.

The address book information is exported to a .csv file.

Jobs

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

155

Jobs

Jobs Overview

Managing Jobs

From the control panel Jobs menu, you can view a list of active or completed jobs. You can delete and

stop an active job from printing from the job progress screen, or from the Jobs service. For more

information, refer to Deleting at Job at the Control Panel.

From the Jobs window in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, you can view a list of active and

completed print jobs. For more information, refer to Managing Jobs Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services.

A print job can be held by the printer when it is unable to complete the job. For example, when the

printer needs attention, paper, or supplies. When the condition is resolved, the printer automatically

resumes printing.

Deleting at Job at the Control Panel

1. To delete a job from the job progress screen:

a. From the job progress screen, touch Delete.

b. Touch Yes to delete, or No to resume.

2. To delete a job from the Jobs list:

a. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

b. Touch Jobs.

c. Touch the name of the print job, then touch the Trash icon.

d. Touch Yes to delete, or No to resume.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Use Jobs to view current jobs and view a list of completed jobs. You can also

use Jobs to delete a job.

Jobs

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

156

Managing Jobs Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

You can view a list of active jobs and delete print jobs from the Active Jobs list in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. You can use Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to submit jobs for printing at the

device. You can print pdf, .ps, .pcl, .prn, .xps, .jpg, .tif and .txt files directly from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services without opening another application or the print driver. The files can be stored on a

local computer hard drive, mass storage device, or network drive.

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Jobs.

3. Click the job name.

4. Do one of the following:

• To pause the print job, click Pause. To resume the print job, click Resume.

• To delete the print job, click Delete. At the prompt, click Delete.

Submitting Jobs for Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Print.

3. Select the print options required.

4. To select a file to print, click Browse. Browse to the file required, click the file and select Open.

5. Click the Submit Job.

Jobs

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

157

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

158

Printing

This chapter includes:

• Printing Overview ......................................................................................................................................................... 159

• Printing Using Windows ............................................................................................................................................ 160

• Xerox Easy Printer Manager .................................................................................................................................... 169

• Printing Using Macintosh ......................................................................................................................................... 170

• Printing Using Linux .................................................................................................................................................... 173

• Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services .................................................................................. 176

Printing Overview

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

159

Printing Overview

This product produces high quality prints from electronic documents. You can access the printer from

your computer by installing the appropriate print driver. To access the many print drivers which can be

used with your printer, refer to the Software and Documentation CD delivered with your printer, or

download the latest versions from www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

160

Printing Using Windows

The following provides an overview of the print procedure and features available when printing using

Windows.

Note:

•Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer model and configuration.

•Images are representative only.

Print Procedure

Documents can be printed from your computer using the print drivers supplied. The print driver must be

loaded on each PC which uses the device for printing.

Note: When you select an option in Printing Properties or Preferences, you may see a warning

mark or . A mark means you can select that certain option but it is not recommended,

and a mark means you cannot select that option due to the device setting or environment.

1. Select Print in your application.

2. From the Printer drop- down menu, select your printer.

3. Select Printer Properties or Preferences to make your print selections on the individual tabs. For

more information refer to the following:

•Favorites Tab

•Basic Tab

•Paper Tab

•Graphics Tab

•Advanced Tab

•Xerox Tab

4. Select OK to confirm your selections.

5. Select Print or OK to print your document.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

161

Print Options

Paper, Device and Printer Status

Additional options are available on some tabs which provide information about your device.

Paper Tab

The Paper tab, in the right panel, is visible on each main tab except for the Favorites and Xerox tabs. It

displays a graphical summary of your selections.

Device Tab

The Device tab, in the right panel, is visible on each main tab except for the Favorites and Xerox tabs. It

displays a summary of the device settings.

Printer Status

Note: The Printer Status window and its contents shown in this user guide may differ depending

on the printer or operating system in use.

The Printer Status option, which is visible on each tab, monitors and informs you of the device status.

The Xerox Printer Status dialog includes the following options:

•Toner Level: You can view the level of toner remaining in the toner cartridge.

•Option: You can set printing job alert related settings.

•Order Supplies: You can order replacement supplies online.

•User’s Guide: Use this option to access the User Guide when an error occurs. You can then open

the troubleshooting section in the user guide.

Favorites Tab

The Favorites tab lists default favorites and user-generated favorites.

The Favorites option, which is visible on each tab except for the Xerox tab, allows you to save the

current preferences for future use.

To save a Favorites item, follow these steps:

1. Change the settings as needed on each tab.

2. Click Save.

3. Enter a name and a description, and then select the desired icon.

4. Click OK. When you save Favorites, all current driver settings are saved.

To use a saved setting, select it in the Favorites tab. The printer is now set to print according to the

settings you have selected.

To delete a saved setting, select it in the Favorites tab and click Delete.

Note: Only user-generated favorites can be deleted.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

162

Default Favorites

The printer provides a set of regularly used favorites.

•Last Used Setting: This favorite enables you to print with the last used settings.

•Normal Printing: This favorite enables you to print with all factory default settings.

•2-Sided Printing: This favorite enables you to save paper by printing on 2-sides of a sheet.

•2-in-1 Printing: This favorite enables you to save paper by printing 2 pages on one side of a sheet.

•Booklet Printing: This favorite reduces the original document images to fit two images on each

side of the printed page. Page images are reordered to enable you to fold the paper after printing

to make a booklet.

Preview Tab

The Preview tab, in the right panel, is visible only on the Favorites tab. It displays a graphical summary

of your selections.

Details Tab

The Details tab, in the right panel, is visible only on the Favorites tab. It displays a summary of the

selected Favorite and notes incompatible options.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

163

Basic Tab

The Basic tab provides selections for the print mode to use and options to adjust how the document

appears on the printed page. These options include orientation settings, layout options, and 2-sided

printing settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer model and configuration.

Orientation

Orientation allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

•Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.

•Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.

•Rotate 180 Degrees: Allows you to rotate the page 180

degrees.

Layout Options

Layout Options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the number of

pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be

reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify.

•Single Page Per Side: Use this option if the layout does not require changing.

•Multiple Pages Per Side: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to

16 pages on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side, the page order and if

borders are required.

•Poster Printing: Use this option to divide a single-page document onto 4, 9 or 16 segments. Each

segment will be printed on a single sheet of paper for the purpose of pasting the sheets together

to form one poster-size document. Select Poster 2x2 for 4 pages, Poster 3x3 for 9 pages, or Poster

4x4 for 16 pages. Then choose the overlap amount in mm or inches.

•Booklet Printing: This option reduces the original document images to fit two images on each

side of the printed page. Page images are reordered to enable you to fold the paper after printing

to make a booklet.

Page Border: Use this option to select from a variety of borders for your output.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

164

2-Sided Printing

You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want your document

oriented.

•Printer Default: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the settings made on the

control panel of the printer.

•None: The document is printed single-sided.

•Long Edge: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.

•Short Edge: This is the type often used with calendars. The second side images are rotated 180

degrees.

Smart Duplexing

If the Smart Duplexing mode has been enabled in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, 2-Sided

printing is selected or deselected automatically. Use Smart Duplexing to reduce the amount of energy

and paper used in the printing process.

For information about enabling Smart Duplexing, refer to Configuring SMart eSolutions.

Paper Tab

Use the Paper Tab options to set the basic paper handling specifications when you access the printer

properties.

Copies

This allows you to choose the number of copies to be printed. You can select 1 to 999 copies.

Collate

Select this check box to collate multi-page jobs automatically to produce output in sets.

Paper Options

Select the Paper or Envelope tab and choose the settings required for your job:

•Original Size: This allows you to set the size of the original you are printing.

If the required size is not listed in the Size box, select Edit. When the Custom Paper Size Settings

window appears, enter a custom paper size name, then set the paper size. Select OK. The custom

setting appears in the list so that you can select it.

•Output Size: This allows you to set the size of paper required for printing.

•Percentage: Use this option to change the contents of a page to appear larger or smaller on the

printed page. Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.

•Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use Manual Feed Slot when printing on

special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the

printer automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

165

•Type: Set Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will provide the best

quality printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure the Envelope tab is selected, then select Envelope

type.

•Advanced: The advanced paper options allow you to select a different paper source for the first

page of your document.

• To have the first page printed on a different paper type from the rest of the document select

the paper tray containing the paper required from the Source drop-down menu.

•Use Manual Feed Slot when printing on special materials like envelopes and transparencies.

If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the printer automatically selects the paper source

based on the requested size.

• Select OK to confirm your Advanced selections and return to the Paper tab.

Graphics Tab

Use the following options to adjust the print quality for your specific printing needs.

Quality

This option allows you to select Standard or High Resolution graphics.

Font/Text

•Clear Text: Select this option to darken the text. Choose Minimum, Medium or Maximum to

select the level of darkness required.

•All Text Black: Select this check box to have all text in your document print in solid black,

regardless of the color it appears on the screen.

•Advanced: Use this option to set font options. True Type fonts can be downloaded as Outline or

Bitmap Images or printed as Graphics. Select the Use Printer Fonts option if the fonts do not

require downloading and the printer fonts should be used. Select OK to save your selections.

Graphic Controller

•Edge Enhancement: Use this option to improve image definition.

•Advanced: Use this option to adjust the brightness and contrast levels. Select OK to save your

selections.

Toner Saver

• Select On to save toner.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

166

Advanced Tab

You can select Advanced output options for your document, such as watermarks or overlay text.

Watermark

This option allows you to print text over an existing document. There are several predefined

watermarks that come with the printer which can be modified, or you can add new ones to the list.

•Using an Existing Watermark: Select the required watermark from the Watermark drop-down

list. You will see the selected watermark in the preview image.

•Creating a New Watermark:

a. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window appears.

b. Enter a text message in the Watermark Message box. You can enter up to 40 characters. The

message displays in the preview window. When the First Page Only box is checked, the

watermark prints on the first page only.

c. Select the watermark options. You can select the font name, style, size, or shade from the

Font Attributes section and set the angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.

d. Click Add to add the new watermark to the list.

e. When you have finished editing, click OK.

•Editing a Watermark:

a. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window appears.

b. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the

watermark message options.

c. Click Update to save the changes.

d. When you have finished editing, click OK.

•Deleting a Watermark:

a. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window appears.

b. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and click Delete.

Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

c. Click OK.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

167

Overlay

An overlay is text and/or images stored on the computer hard disk drive as a special file format that

can be printed on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of preprinted forms and

letterhead paper.

Note: This option is only available when you use the PCL6 Print Driver.

•Creating a New Page Overlay: To use a page overlay, you must first create one containing your

logo or another image.

a. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay.

Position the items exactly as you want them to appear when printed as an overlay.

b. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

c. Select Create and type a name in the File name box. Select the destination path, if necessary.

d. Click Save. The name appears in the Overlay List box.

e. Click OK.

f. The overlay document size must be the same as the documents you print with the overlay. Do

not create an overlay with a watermark.

g. Click OK on the Advanced tab page.

h. Click Print or OK in the main Print window.

i. An Are you Sure? message displays. Click Yes to confirm.

•Using a Page Overlay:

a. Select the required overlay from the Overlay drop-down list box. If the overlay file you want

does not appear in the overlay list, select the Edit button and Load Overlay, and select the

Overlay file. If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can

also load the file when you access the Load Overlay window.

b. After you select the file, click Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for

printing. Select the overlay from the Overlay List box.

c. If necessary, click Confirm Page Overlay When Printing. If this box is checked, a message

window appears each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your

wish to print an overlay on your document.

d. If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints

with your document.

e. Click OK.

• Deleting a Page Overlay:

a. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

b. Select the Overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.

c. Click Delete. When a confirming message window appears, click Yes.

d. Click OK.

Printing Using Windows

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

168

Output Options

Select the required Print order from the drop-down list box:

•Normal: All pages are printed.

•Reverse All Pages: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.

•Print Odd Pages: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.

•Print Even Pages: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.

Select the Skip Blank Pages check box if you do not want blank pages to be printed.

To add a binding margin, select the Manual Margin check box and select Details to select the margin

position and width.

Xerox Tab

This tab provides version and copyright information as well as links to drivers and downloads, supplies

ordering, and the Xerox Web site.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

169

Xerox Easy Printer Manager

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is is available for Windows and Macintosh operating systems. Xerox Easy

Printer Manager conveniently provides access to device settings as well as functions such as scanning,

faxing and printing. The Xerox Easy Printer Manger allows you to view the status and manage your

device at your computer.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager installs automatically during driver installation. For details about installing

printer software, refer to Installing Printer Software.

For information about using Xerox Easy Printer Manager, select the ? Help button in the application.

Printing Using Macintosh

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

170

Printing Using Macintosh

This section explains how to print using a Macintosh. You need to download and install the print drivers

and configure the printer before printing. For information about installing Macintosh print drivers, refer

to Installing Macintosh Drivers.

Print Procedure

When you print with a Macintosh, you need to check the print driver setting in each application you

use. Follow the steps below to print from a Macintosh.

1. Open the document you want to print.

2. Select Print in your application.

3. From the Printer drop-down menu, select your printer.

4. If you have stored preset options you wish to use, from the Presets drop-down menu, select the

preset settings.

5. From the Copies & Pages options, choose the number of copies you want and indicate which

pages you want to print.

To select additional print options, choose the print options page required from the drop-down

menu, then select the settings. For information about print options, refer to Print Options.

6. To save the file in a different print format, from the drop-down menu, choose the format required.

7. Click Print.

Print Options

The following features are provided by your printer.

Note: The setting options may differ depending on the application being used and the Macintosh

OS version.

Copies & Pages

The Copies & Page page provides selections for basic job options.

•Copies: This allows you to choose the number of copies to be printed. You can select 1 to 999

copies.

•Pages: Select the pages or range of pages to print.

•Show Quick Preview: Select this option to display a graphical summary of your selections.

Printing Using Macintosh

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

171

Media & Quality

Use the Media & Quality page to choose the paper source and paper type required for the print job.

•Feed from: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use Manual Feed when printing on

special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If Auto Select is selected, the printer

automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.

•Media Type: Set this option to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will

provide the best quality printout. If Auto Select is selected, the printer automatically selects the

media type based on the available paper types.

Layout

The Layout page options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the

number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper and the layout direction. To print more than one

page per sheet, the pages will be reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify.

•Pages per Sheet: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to 16

pages on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side.

•Layout Direction: Select the order to print the images on the page.

•Border: Use this option to add a border around each page image. Choose the style of border

required.

•Two-Sided: You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want

your document oriented. To print 2-Sided output, select On, then choose an option:

•Long-Edge binding: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.

•Short Edge binding: This is the type often used with calendars. The second side images are

rotated 180 degrees.

•Booklet: This option reduces the original document images to fit two images on each side of

the printed page. Page images are reordered to enable you to fold the paper after printing to

make a booklet.

•Reverse page orientation: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.

•Flip horizontally: Use this option to rotate all pages 180 degrees.

Printing Using Macintosh

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

172

Paper Handling

Use the Paper Handling options to set the basic paper handling specifications when you access the

printer properties.

•Pages to Print: Use this option to choose the pages to print:

•All page: All pages are printed.

•Odd only: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.

•Even only: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.

•Page Order: Use this option to choose the order to print the pages.

•Automatic: Select this option to choose the default settings.

•Normal: All pages are printed in the order they appear in the source file.

•Reverse: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.

•Scale to fit paper size: Select this option to reduce or enlarge the image to fit on the paper size

selected.

•Destination Paper Size: This allows you to set the size of paper required for printing.

•Scale down only: Select this option to reduce images to fit on the paper size selected.

Cover Page

The Cover Page options allow you to print a cover page before or after the document.

•Print Cover Page: This option allows you to print a cover page before or after the document

•Cover Page Type: Use this option to select a classification stamp for the cover page.

Using AirPrint

AirPrint is a software feature that allows for driverless printing from Apple iOS-based mobile devices

and Macintosh OS-based devices. AirPrint-enabled printers let you print directly from a Macintosh or

from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. For more information, refer to AirPrint.

Using Google Cloud Print

Google Cloud Print is a service that allows you to print to a printer using your smart phone, tablet, or

any other web-connected devices. For more information, refer to Google Cloud Print.

Printing Using Linux

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

173

Printing Using Linux

To print from a Linux workstation, install either a Xerox print driver for Linux or a CUPS (Common UNIX

Printing System) print driver. Xerox recommends that you install the Unified Linux Driver for your

printer.

For information about installing the Unified Linux Driver, refer to Installing Linux Drivers.

Printing from Linux Applications

Make sure you have configured your device, connected it to your computer, and installed the Unified

Linux Driver software.

To print from an application:

1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.

2. In the Print window, select the device from the printer list and select Properties.

3. Select the print options required.

•Paper: This option allows you to change the paper size, orientation, duplex printing options

and the paper tray.

•Device: This option allows you to specify the media type, print quality modes and scaling

options. You can also select the printer language type, color settings and color depth.

4. Click OK to apply the changes and close the Properties window.

5. Click OK to start printing.

The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.

Printing with CUPS

You can print many different file types on your printer using the standard CUPS utility, directly from the

command line interface. CUPS supports the use of both the System V (lp) and Berkeley (lpr) printing

commands.

If you use CUPS, ensure that CUPS is installed and running on your workstation. The instructions for

installing and building CUPS are contained in the CUPS Software Administrators Manual, written and

copyrighted by Easy Software Products. For complete information on CUPS printing capabilities, refer

to the CUPS Software Users Manual available from www.cups.org/documentation.php.

To print any document file:

1. To print to a specific printer in System V, type lp -dprinter filename, then press Enter.

2. To print to a specific printer in Berkeley, type lpr -Pprinter filename, then press Enter.

Printing Using Linux

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

174

Printer Options

Using the Printers utility, you can change the various print options for your printer. Printer Properties

can be configured using the Additional Printers Settings option.

1. To access and configure printer settings, navigate to Settings



Devices



Printers.

2. From the list of printers, select your printer, then select the Settings icon.

3. From the menu, select Printing Options.

The Page Setup and Advanced printing options are displayed.

4. Set the Page Setup options:

•Pages per side: You can select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To

print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be reduced in size.

•Two-sided: You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you

want your document oriented. Use Short Edge (Flip) to rotate the pages on the second side.

•Orientation: Allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

•Media Size: This allows you to set the size of paper required for printing.

•Paper Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use Manual when printing on

special materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select,

the printer automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.

•Paper Type: Set this option to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will

provide the best quality printout.

5. Set the Advanced options:

•Print Quality: Choose draft to lighten the image and reduce the amount of toner used. Use

Normal for higher quality prints.

6. To set printer properties, select Additional Printer Settings, then select the printer. The Printer

Properties window opens.

The following printer properties are available for configuration:

•Settings: This option allows you to change the printer name and location. The name entered

in this tab displays on the printer list in Printers configuration. You can also change the Device

URL, print a test page and view status information.

•Policies: This tab provides access to the printing policies for the device. You can set sharing

options, Error and Operation policies. Use the Banner options to configure the printer banner

sheet.

Printing Using Linux

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

175

•Access Control: Use this tab to configure access settings.

•Printer Options: Use this tab to set color, quality, paper source and paper size options. Use

the toner save option to reduce toner consumption. Additional options such as Edge

Enhancement and Two-sided printing can be set.

•Job Options: This tab provides access to the options required to program your print job. Enter

the number of copies required, orientation settings, layout options and image quality

settings. You can also increase or decrease the margins, and set scaling options.

•Ink/Toner Levels: This option provides status information about the printer. Click Refresh to

update the page.

•Jobs: This option shows the list of Print jobs. Select Cancel job to cancel the selected job and

select the Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.

7. Click OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.

Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

176

Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

You can print .pdf, .ps, .pcl, .txt, .prn, .tif, .tiff, .jpg, .jpeg and .xps files directly from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services without having to open another application or the print driver. The files can be stored

on a local computer hard drive, mass storage device, or network drive.

Print Procedure

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Print.

3. Select the Printing, Paper and Delivery options required for the job.

4. Select the print job file using the Browse button. Locate the file required, then click Open.

Note: Only print ready files (*.pdf, *.ps, *.pcl, *.txt, *.prn, *.tif, *.tiff, *.jpg, *.jpeg.) may be submitted

to the device from this page.

5. To submit a job, click Submit Job.

Note: To ensure the job is printed, wait for the Job Submission confirmation window before

navigating to another page.

Print Options

Job Submission provides selections for the print mode to use and options to adjust how the document

appears on the printed page.

Printing

Use the Printing options to select the number of copies, orientation, and 2-Sided printing options.

•Copies: This allows you to choose the number of copies to be printed. You can select 1 to 9999

copies. To use the default setting for number of copies, select the Auto button.

•Orientation: This allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

•Auto: Selects the default orientation setting.

•Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.

•Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.

•2-Sided Printing: You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you

want your document oriented.

•Auto: Selects the default 2-Sided Printing setting.

•1-Sided: This option prints on one side of the media. Use this option when printing on

envelopes, labels, or other media that cannot be printed on both sides.

Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

177

•2 Sided, Flip on Long Edge: This option prints the job on both sides of the paper to allow

binding on the long edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for

documents with portrait and landscape orientations.

•2 Sided, Flip on Short Edge: Prints on both sides of the paper. The images print to allow

binding on the short edge of the paper. The following illustrations show the result for

documents with portrait and landscape orientations.

Paper

You can print on custom paper sizes that are within the minimum and maximum size range supported

by the printer.

•Paper Size: This allows you to set the size of paper required for printing. Select the paper size

required from the list. If the paper size is set to Auto, the printer automatically selects the paper

size based on the original document.

•Paper Type: Set this option to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will

provide the best quality printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure the Envelope type is selected. If the

paper type is set to Auto, the printer automatically selects the paper type based on the printer

settings.

Delivery

To print the job now, click the Immediate print option.

To restore the default values of any print job, click the Restore Default Values button.

Printing Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

178

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

179

Paper and Media

This chapter contains information about the different types of stock and stock sizes that can be used

on your printer, available paper trays, and the types of stock and sizes supported by each tray.

This chapter includes:

• Supported Paper............................................................................................................................................................ 180

• Loading Paper ............................................................................................................................................................... 184

• Setting Paper Size and Type .................................................................................................................................... 189

• Media Output Locations ............................................................................................................................................ 192

Supported Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

180

Supported Paper

Your printer is designed to use various paper and other media types. To ensure the best print quality

and to avoid jams, follow the guidelines in this section. For best results, use Xerox paper and media

recommended for your printer.

Ordering Paper

To order paper or other media, contact your local reseller or visit www.xerox.com/office/supplies.

General Paper Loading Guidelines

• Do not overfill the paper trays. When loading paper, do not fill above the Maximum Fill line

indicated by the symbol .

• Adjust the paper guides to fit the paper size.

• Fan paper before loading it in the paper tray.

• If excessive jams occur, use paper or other approved media from a new package.

• Use only paper envelopes. Print envelopes 1-sided only.

• Always use paper and other media that conforms to the specifications.

• Only use the special media recommended for use in laser printers.

• To prevent special media such as transparencies and label sheets from sticking together, remove

them from the exit tray as they are printed.

• Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the printer.

• Do not leave special media in the manual feed slot for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may

accumulate on them resulting in spotty printing.

• To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle transparencies carefully.

• To avoid fading, do not expose the printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.

• Verify that your labels’ adhesive material can tolerate fusing temperature of 200

C (392

F) for 0.1

second.

• Ensure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels.

CAUTION: Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing, which can cause paper

jams. Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to printer components.

• Do not feed a sheet of labels through the printer more than once. The adhesive backing is

designed for one pass only through the printer.

• Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or

otherwise damaged.

Supported Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

181

Paper That Can Damage Your Printer

Some paper and other media types can cause poor output quality, increased paper jams, or damage

your printer. Do not use the following:

• Rough or porous paper

• Inkjet paper

• Non-laser glossy or coated paper

• Paper that has been photocopied

• Paper that has been folded or wrinkled

• Paper with embossed lettering, perforations, or texture that is too smooth or too rough

• Stapled paper

• Envelopes with windows, clasps and snaps, side seams, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other

synthetic materials

• Damaged or poorly made envelopes

•Padded envelopes

•Plastic media

CAUTION: The Xerox Warranty or Service Agreement does not cover damage caused by using

unsupported paper or specialty media. Coverage could vary outside these areas. Please contact

your local representative for details.

Paper Storage Guidelines

Storing your paper and other media properly contributes to optimum print quality.

• Store paper in dark, cool, relatively dry locations. Most paper is susceptible to damage from

ultraviolet and visible light. Ultraviolet light, from the sun and fluorescent bulbs, is particularly

damaging to paper.

• Reduce the exposure of paper to strong lights for long periods of time.

• Maintain constant temperatures and relative humidity. Store unused media at temperatures

between 59

F and 86

F (15

C to 30

C). The relative humidity should be between 10% and 70%.

• Avoid storing paper in attics, kitchens, garages, or basements. These spaces are more likely to

collect moisture. Attempting to print on damp, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper can cause paper

jams and poor print quality.

• Store paper flat, either on pallets, cartons, shelves, or in cabinets.

• Avoid food or drinks in the area where paper is stored or handled.

• Do not open sealed packages of paper until you are ready to load the paper into the printer. Leave

stored paper in the original packaging. The paper wrapper protects the paper from moisture loss

or gain.

• Some special media is packaged inside resealable plastic bags. Store the media inside the bag

until you are ready to use it. Keep unused media in the bag and reseal it for protection.

Supported Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

182

Supported Standard Paper Sizes

The table below shows the paper sizes supported for each tray for each service:

Key:

Name Paper Size Copy Fax Print

A4 8.27 x 11.69 inches (210 x 297 mm) O O O

Letter 8.5 x 11.0 inches (216 x 279 mm) O O O

Legal 8.5 x 14.0 inches (216 x 355 mm) O O O

Oficio 8.5 x 13.5 inches (216 x 343 mm) O O O

Folio 8.5 x 13.0 inches (216 x 330 mm) O O O

JIS B5 7.17 x 10.12 inches (182 x 257 mm) X X O

ISO B5 6.93 x 9.84 inches (176 x 250 mm) X X O

Executive 7.25 x 10.50 inches

(184.2 x 266.7 mm)

XXO

A5 5.85 x 8.27 inches (148.5 x 210 mm) X X O

A6 4.13 x 5.85 inches (105 x 148.5 mm) X X O

Postcard 4x6inches (101.6x152.4mm) X X O

Monarch Envelopes 3.88 x 7.5 inches (98.4 x 190.5 mm) X X O

DL Envelopes 4.33 x 8.66 inches (110 x 220 mm) X X O

C5 Envelopes 6.38 x 9.02 inches (162.0 x 229 mm) X X O

C6 Envelopes 4.49 x 6.38 inches (114 x 162 mm) X X O

No.10 Envelopes 4.12 x 9.5 inches (105 x 241 mm) X X O

Supported Not SupportedOX

Supported Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

183

Supported Paper Types and Weights

The table below shows the paper types and weights supported for each tray:

Key:

Types Supported Weights Tray 1 Manual

Feed Slot

Duplex

Unit

Plain 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90

g/m²

)OOO

Heavy weight 24 to 28 lb (91 to 105

g/m²

)OOO

Thicker 43 to 58 lb (164 to 220

g/m²

)XOX

Light weight 16 to 18 lb (60 to 70

g/m²

) OOO

Cotton 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90

g/m²

) XOX

Colored 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90

g/m²

) XOX

Preprinted 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90

g/m²

)XOX

Recycled 19 to 24 lb (70 to 90

g/m²

)OOO

Transparency

(A4 / Letter only)

37 to 39 lb (138 to 146

g/m²

)XOX

Labels 32 to 40 lb (120 to 150

g/m²

)XOX

Card Stock 32 to 43 lb (121 to 163

g/m²

)OOX

Bond 28 to 32 lb (105 to 120 g/m²) O O O

Archive 28 to 32 lb (105 to 120

g/m²

) if you

need to keep the print-out for a long

period time, such as archives, select this

option

OOX

Postcard 32 to 43 lb (121 to 163 g/m²) card stock X O X

Envelopes 20 to 24 lb (75 to 90

g/m²

) XOX

Supported Not SupportedOX

Loading Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

184

Loading Paper

One paper tray and a manual feed slot are standard on your printer.

Various media sizes and types can be used in the trays. For more media specifications, refer to

Supported Paper.

Preparing Paper for Loading

Before loading paper into the paper trays, flex or fan the

edges of the paper stack. This procedure separates any sheets

of paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of

paper jams.

Note: To avoid unnecessary paper jams and misfeeds do

not remove paper from its packaging until required.

Loading Tray 1

The paper level indicator on the front of tray 1 shows the

amount of paper currently left in the tray. When the tray is

empty, the indicator is completely lowered as shown in the

illustration: 1 shows full, 2 shows empty.

Using the instructions provided below, load paper into the

printer. Tray 1 holds up to 250 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²)

paper, A4 and letter only. It holds fewer sheets of other media

sizes. For more media specifications, refer to Supported Paper.

1. Pull out tray 1 and load paper into the tray, print side

down. Do not fill above the Maximum Fill line indicated

by the symbol .

1 2

Loading Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

185

2. To accommodate longer paper, press the paper tray

extender lever (1) and slide the lever to the desired

position. Press and slide the paper length guide (2) until

it lightly touches the end of the paper stack.

3. Position the width guide by pressing the lever and sliding

it towards the stack of paper, until it gently touches the

side of the stack.

4. Insert the paper tray into the printer.

5. After loading paper, if prompted, verify the paper size

and type settings on the screen. To keep the same

settings, touch No. To change the settings, touch Yes,

then adjust the settings:

• To select a paper size, touch Paper Size, then select

a size.

• To select a paper type, touch the Paper Type, then

select a paper type.

• To enable or disable the tray confirmation screen, touch Tray Confirmation, then select an

option.

To save the settings, touch Confirm.

6. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the Paper option in the print driver to

specify the correct paper size and type. Not confirming the paper details may result in printing

delays. For information about setting the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to Setting

Paper Size and Type.

Note: The settings made from the print driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

Loading Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

186

Using the Manual Feed Slot

The manual feed slot is located on the front of your printer. It can be closed when not in use, making

the product more compact. Use the manual feed slot to print transparencies, labels, envelopes, or

postcards in addition to making quick runs of paper types or sizes that are not currently loaded in the

paper tray.

When using the manual feed slot for special media it may be necessary to use the rear cover for the

output. For further information, refer to Media Output Locations.

Acceptable print media is plain paper from 3.0 x 5.0 inches to 8.5 x 14 inches Legal (76 mm x 127 mm

to 216 mm x 356 mm) and weighing between 16 lb and 58 lb (60 g/m²

and 220 g/m²). For more media

specifications, refer to Supported Paper.

Loading the Manual Feed Slot

1. Press to open the manual feed slot, located on the front

of the printer.

Note: The manual feed slot holds 1 sheet of the following

media: 20 lb (80 g/m²) plain paper, transparency, label,

envelope, or cardstock.

Loading Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

187

2. Load the print material between the width guides with

the print side facing up.

Note: Hold a transparency by the edge and avoid

touching the print side.

3. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the print material.

Note: If the media prints with curl, wrinkles, a crease, or

black bold lines, open the rear cover and print again.

4. After loading paper, if prompted, verify the paper size

and type settings on the screen. To keep the same

settings, touch No. To change the settings, touch Yes,

then adjust the settings:

• To select a paper size, touch Paper Size, then select a size.

• To select a paper type, touch the Paper Type, then select a paper type.

• To enable or disable the tray confirmation screen, touch Tray Confirmation, then select an

option.

To save the settings, touch Confirm.

5. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the Paper option in the print driver to

specify the correct paper size and type. For the source, you must select Manual Feed Slot. Not

confirming the paper details may result in printing delays. For information about setting the paper

type and size on the control panel, refer to Setting Paper Size and Type.

Note: The settings made from the print driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

Envelope Mode

1. Press to open the manual feed slot, located on the front

of the printer.

Loading Paper

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

188

2. Remove any curl on the envelope before loading it into

the manual feed slot.

Note: For more information on media specifications,

refer to Supported Paper.

3. Load the envelope short edge feed and with the flap

facing down as shown in the illustration.

4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the print material.

Note: If the media prints with curl, wrinkles, a crease, or

black bold lines, open the rear cover and print again.

5. After loading paper, if prompted, verify the paper size

and type settings on the screen. To keep the same

settings, touch No. To change the settings, touch Yes,

then adjust the settings:

• To select an envelope size, touch Paper Size, then

select a size.

• To select a paper type, touch the Paper Type, then

select a paper type.

• To enable or disable the tray confirmation screen, touch Tray Confirmation, then select an

option.

To save the settings, touch Confirm.

6. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the Paper option in the print driver to

specify the correct paper size and type. For the source, you must select Manual Feed Slot. Not

confirming the paper details may result in printing delays. For information about setting the paper

type and size on the control panel, refer to Setting Paper Size and Type.

Note: The settings made from the print driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

Setting Paper Size and Type

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

189

Setting Paper Size and Type

After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These

settings will apply to Copy and Fax modes.

To change the paper tray settings on your computer, use Xerox Easy Printer Manager or Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For details, refer to Changing Tray Settings at the Computer.

Alternatively, when printing, select the paper size and type in the application program you use on your

computer. The settings made from the print driver on your computer override the settings on the

control panel.

Changing Tray 1 Settings at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Paper Trays.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all screens.

3. Touch Tray 1.

4. To select a paper size, touch Paper Size, then select a size.

5. To select a paper type, touch Paper Type, then select a paper type.

6. To enable or disable the tray confirmation screen, touch Tray Confirmation, then select an option.

If you want to use special sized paper, select a custom paper size in the print driver.

Changing the Manual Feed Slot Settings at the Control

Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Paper Trays.

Note: Use the scroll function to access all screens.

3. Touch Manual Feed Slot.

4. To select a paper size, touch Paper Size, then select a size.

5. To select a paper type, touch Paper Type, then select a paper type.

6. To enable or disable the tray confirmation screen, touch Tray Confirmation, then select an option.

Setting Paper Size and Type

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

190

Changing Tray Settings at the Computer

If your device is directly connected to your computer using a USB direct connection, the paper settings

can be set using Xerox Easy Print Manager. If your device is Ethernet or Wireless connected, the Xerox

Easy Printer Manager connects to Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for configuring device settings.

Changing Tray Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Properties



General Setup.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator

Account.

3. Click Tray Settings, then configure the tray mode and prompt settings:

•Manual Feed Slot:

Select Static or Bypass mode.

•Bypass mode: This option ignores the tray attributes for printing a job. The print job will

use the media in the tray.

•Static mode: This option designates a tray as available for all jobs that use the type of

paper in the tray, and for print jobs that do not specify a tray.

To display a message at the control panel to prompt users to change paper settings, click

Enable.

•Tray 1: To display a message at the control panel to prompt users to change paper settings,

click Enable.

4. Click Apply.

5. Click Services



Printing



General.

6. Scroll to the Tray Menu settings, then configure the paper size and type settings:

•Tray 1: Select a paper size and paper type from the drop-down menus.

•Manual Feed Slot: Select a paper size and paper type from the drop-down menus.

7. Click Apply.

Setting Paper Size and Type

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

191

Changing Tray Settings Using Xerox Easy Printer Manager

1. At your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

2. Select the printer.

3. Click Advanced Setting or Machine Settings.

4. If using Windows, click Device Settings.

Note: If your device is Ethernet or Wireless connected, device settings are configured using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. Refer to Changing Tray Settings Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

5. Select Input Tray and change the settings for each paper source:

•Set the Tray 1 paper size and type.

•Set the Manual Feed Slot paper size and type.

6. If available, for Tray Settings, select the options required.

7. Click Save.

Media Output Locations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

192

Media Output Locations

The device has two output locations:

• Output tray, face down, up to a maximum of 120 sheets

of 20 lb (80 g/m²) paper.

• Rear cover, face up, one sheet at a time.

The device sends output to the output tray by default. If special media, such as envelopes, print out

with wrinkles, curl, creases, or black bold lines, the rear cover should be used for the output. Open the

rear cover and keep it open while printing one sheet at a time.

Note: The rear cover output can only be used for simplex jobs. Duplex printing with the rear door

open will cause paper jams.

Media Output Locations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

193

Using the Output Tray

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. The

output tray should be used for most jobs. When the output tray is full, a message displays on the

control panel.

To use the output tray, make sure that the rear cover is closed.

Note:

•If paper coming out of the output tray has problems, such as excessive curl, try printing

to the rear cover.

•To reduce paper jams, do not open or close the rear cover while the printer is printing.

Using the Rear Cover

When using the rear cover, paper comes out of the device

face up. Printing from the manual feed slot to the rear cover

provides a straight paper path and might improve the output

quality when printing on envelopes or special media.

Whenever the rear cover is open, the output is delivered there.

Note: The rear cover output can only be used for simplex

jobs. Duplex printing with the rear cover open causes

paper jams.

CAUTION: The fuser area inside the rear cover of your

device becomes very hot when in use. Take care when

you access this area.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

194

Maintenance

This chapter includes:

• General Precautions .................................................................................................................................................... 195

• Cleaning the Printer .................................................................................................................................................... 196

• Supplies............................................................................................................................................................................. 200

• Managing the Printer.................................................................................................................................................. 208

• Moving the Printer ....................................................................................................................................................... 210

General Precautions

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

195

General Precautions

CAUTION: Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight or strong indoor fluorescent

lighting. Do not touch or scratch the surface of the drum.

CAUTION: When cleaning your printer do not use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol

cleaners. Do not pour fluids directly into any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials only as

directed in this documentation.

WARNING: Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.

WARNING: Do not use pressurized spray cleaning aids on or in the printer. Some pressurized

sprays contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in electrical applications. Use of

pressurized spray cleaners increases the risk of fire and explosion.

WARNING: Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. You cannot

maintain or service any parts that are behind these covers and guards. Do not attempt any

maintenance procedure that is not described in the documentation supplied with your printer.

WARNING: Internal parts of the printer can be hot. Use caution when doors and covers are open.

• Do not place anything on top of the printer.

• Do not leave the covers and doors open for any length of time, especially in well-lit places. Light

exposure can damage the drum cartridge.

• Do not open covers and doors during printing.

• Do not tilt the printer while it is in use.

• Do not touch the electrical contacts or gears. Doing so could damage the printer and cause the

print quality to deteriorate.

• Ensure any parts removed during cleaning are replaced before you plug in the printer.

Cleaning the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

196

Cleaning the Printer

WARNING: When cleaning the printer do NOT use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol

cleaners. Do NOT pour fluids directly onto any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials only as

directed in this documentation. Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.

WARNING: Do not use pressurized air-spray cleaning aids on or in this equipment. Some

pressurized air-spray containers contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in

electrical applications. Use of such cleaners can result in a risk of explosion and fire.

Cleaning the Exterior

Cleaning the Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass

To ensure optimum print quality at all times, clean the glass areas of your printer regularly.

When you use the automatic document feeder, your documents pass over the scanner and Constant

Velocity Transport (CVT) glass. Any dirt or marks on these pieces of glass may:

• Cause lines, streaks, smears and other spots on your copies or scanned images.

• Show through the document and appear on your scanned images.

To clean the glass areas of your printer:

1. Slightly dampen a soft, lint-free cloth with water.

2. Remove any paper or other media from the output tray.

3. Open the automatic document feeder.

4. Wipe the surfaces of the document glass and Constant

Velocity Transport (CVT) glass until they are clean and

dry.

Note: For best results, to remove marks and streaks, use

Xerox

Glass Cleaner.

Cleaning the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

197

5. Wipe the white underside of the automatic document

feeder until it is clean and dry.

6. Close the automatic document feeder.

Cleaning the Automatic Document Feeder Rollers

Ensure that you clean the automatic document feeder rollers when you clean the scanner.

1. Open the top cover of the automatic document feeder.

2. With a clean, lint-free cloth that is moistened with water,

wipe the feed rollers until they are clean.

3. Close the automatic document feeder top cover.

Control Panel, Automatic Document Feeder, and Output Tray

Regular cleaning keeps the display, control panel, and other printer areas free from dust and dirt.

1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water.

2. Wipe clean the entire area of the control panel, including the display.

3. Wipe clean the automatic document feeder, output tray, paper tray, and other outside areas of

your printer.

4. Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Cleaning the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

198

Cleaning the Interior

During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the printer. This can

cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning inside the printer clears and

reduces these problems.

1. Power off the printer and unplug the power cord. Wait for

the printer to cool down.

2. Open the front cover of the printer.

3. Pull the toner cartridge out and place it on a clean flat

surface. Then remove the drum cartridge and place it on

a clean flat surface.

CAUTION:

• To prevent damage to the drum cartridge, do not

expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover

it with a piece of paper, if necessary.

• Do not touch the green surface on the underside of

the cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to

avoid touching this area.

4. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled

toner from the cartridge area inside the printer.

CAUTION: While cleaning the inside of the printer, be

careful not to damage any inside parts. Do not use

solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean. Printing

quality problems can occur and damage can be caused

to the printer.

Cleaning the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

199

5. Re-install the drum cartridge and then the toner

cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and

corresponding grooves within the printer will guide the

cartridge into the correct position until each locks into

place

6. Close the front cover.

7. Plug in the power cord and power on the printer.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

200

Supplies

Consumables

Consumables are printer supplies that get depleted during the operation of the printer. Consumable

items for this printer include the following:

•Toner Cartridge

• Drum Cartridge

Install only new cartridges in your printer. If a used toner cartridge is installed, then the toner

remaining amount displayed could be inaccurate. To ensure print quality, the toner cartridge has been

designed to cease functioning at a predetermined point.

Each new consumable includes installation instructions.

Follow the guidelines below for storing and handling consumables:

• Always store cartridges unopened and inside their original package.

• Store the correct side up in a horizontal position (not standing on end).

• Do not store consumables in:

• Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F).

• Humidity range less than 30% and not greater than 80%.

• An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.

• Direct sunlight or room light.

•Dusty places.

• A vehicle for a long period of time.

• An environment where corrosive gases are present.

• An environment with salty air.

• Do not store consumables directly on the floor.

CAUTION: The toner and drum cartridges contain components that are sensitive to light,

temperature, and humidity. Follow the recommendations provided to ensure the optimum

performance, highest quality, and longest life from your new cartridge.

CAUTION: Use of toner other than genuine Xerox

Toner can affect print quality and printer

reliability. Xerox

Toner is the only toner designed and manufactured under strict quality controls

by Xerox for specific use with this printer.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

201

Ordering Supplies

A warning appears on the control panel when supplies near their replacement time. Verify that you

have replacements on hand. It is important to order these items when the messages first appear to

avoid interruptions to your printing. An error message appears on the control panel when supplies must

be replaced.

CAUTION: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty or Service

Agreement do not cover damage, malfunction, or degradation of performance caused by use of

non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies not specified for this printer.

Xerox supplies for your printer can be ordered in several ways:

• Contact your local Xerox Representative or reseller. Provide your company name, product number

and the printer serial number.

Note: The printer serial number is located on the data label on the rear cover, and is printed on the

System Configuration report. It is also displayed on the Device



About



General screen.

•Order supplies online at www.xerox.com/office/supplies.

• Access the Xerox web page from Xerox Easy Printer Manager:

a. At your computer, open Easy Printer Manager.

b. Select the printer for which you want to order supplies.

c. Select the Order Supplies button.

d. When another window pops up, select Order Supplies. When the Xerox web page for ordering

supplies appears, place your order.

• Access the Xerox web page from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services:

a. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the

printer, then press Enter or Return.

b. Click Support.

c. Click the link to go to the Xerox website to order supplies online, or use the Supplies contact

details shown to place a telephone order.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

202

Supply Status Information

You can check the status and percentage of life remaining for your printer supplies at the control panel,

using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, or using Xerox Easy Printer Manager. When printer

supplies near their replacement time, warning alerts appear on the control panel. You can customize

alerts and configure email alert notifications.

For information about configuring alert notifications, refer to Configuring Alert Notifications.

Checking Supplies Status at the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Supplies.

The device displays status information for each printer supply item.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Printing Supplies Reports at the Control Panel

Supplies Usage Report

The Supplies Usage Report provides coverage information and part numbers for reordering supplies.

The date a supply item was installed appears on the report.

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

3. Touch Supplies Usage, then touch Print.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Checking Supplies Status Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Status.

3. Select Consumables.

Toner Cartridge and Drum Cartridge status information is displayed.

Checking Supplies Status Using Xerox Easy Printer Manager

1. At your computer, open Xerox Easy Printer Manager.

2. Select the printer.

3. Select the Home page.

Device status, Supplies information and Paper information is displayed.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

203

Toner Cartridge

General Precautions

WARNING:

• When replacing the toner cartridge, be careful not to spill the toner. If any toner spills, avoid

contact with clothes, skin, eyes, and mouth. Do not inhale the toner dust.

• Keep toner cartridges out of the reach of children. If a child accidentally swallows toner, have

the child spit out the toner, and rinse the mouth with water. Consult a physician immediately.

• Use a damp cloth to wipe off spilled toner. Never use a vacuum cleaner to remove spills.

Electric sparks inside the vacuum cleaner can cause a fire or explosion. If you spill a large

volume of toner, contact your local Xerox representative.

• Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame. Remaining toner in the cartridge can catch

fire and cause burn injuries or an explosion.

Redistributing Toner

When the toner cartridge is near the end of its life:

• White streaks on prints or light printing occurs.

• The low toner status indicator appears if the Low Toner Alert feature was enabled in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. An error message will also appear on the user interface.

If either condition occurs, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining

toner in the cartridge. In some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have

redistributed the toner.

Follow these steps to redistribute the toner in your cartridge and temporarily improve print quality.

1. Open the front cover.

2. Pull the toner cartridge out.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

204

3. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute

the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry

cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets

toner into fabric.

4. Re-install the toner cartridge by inserting it slowly into

the printer.

5. Close the printer cover.

Replacing the Toner Cartridge

Replace the toner cartridge using the following instructions.

1. Open the front cover.

2. Pull out the toner cartridge.

3. Remove the new toner cartridge from the packaging. Remove the protective materials from the

cartridge as directed in the packaging labels.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

205

4. Slowly shake the new cartridge five or six times to

distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry

cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets

toner into fabric.

5. Hold the cartridge by the handle. Slowly insert the

cartridge into the opening in the printer. Tabs on the

sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within

the printer will guide the cartridge into the correct

position until it locks into place.

6. Close the front cover. Make sure that the door is securely

closed.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

206

Drum Cartridge

General Precautions

WARNING:

• Keep drum cartridges out of the reach of children.

• Never throw a drum cartridge into an open flame.

• Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the drum cartridge.

• Do not expose the cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.

• Never manually rotate the drum in the drum cartridge, especially in the reverse direction; this

can cause internal damage.

• To prevent damage to the drum cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few

minutes. Cover it with a piece of paper, if necessary.

Replacing the Drum Cartridge

1. Open the front cover.

2. Pull the toner cartridge out and place it on a clean flat

surface.

3. Pull the drum cartridge out slowly.

4. Remove the new drum cartridge from the packaging.

Follow directions on the packaging to remove the tape

and appropriate packaging pieces from the new

cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid

touching sensitive parts that can be easily damaged.

CAUTIONS:

• To prevent damage to the drum cartridge, do not

expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover

it with a piece of paper, if necessary.

• Do not touch the green surface on the underside of

the cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid touching this area.

Supplies

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

207

5. Hold the drum cartridge by the handle and insert it into

the printer until it locks into place.

6. Re-install the toner cartridge.

7. Close the printer front cover.

Recycling Supplies

For information on Xerox supplies recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/gwa.

Managing the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

208

Managing the Printer

Billing Meter Information

You can view billing meter information at the control panel or from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services. The billing meter displays the total number of impressions that the printer generated or

printed during its lifetime. You cannot reset the counters. A page is counted as one side of a sheet of

paper. For example, a sheet of paper that is printed on two sides counts as two impressions.

Note: If you provide regular billing information for your device, you can use SMart eSolutions to

simplify the process. You can enable SMart eSolutions to send billing meter readings to Xerox

automatically so that you do not have to collect the readings manually. For more information,

refer to Configuring SMart eSolutions.

Viewing Billing Information Using the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Billing Meters.

The printer serial number and number of impressions is shown.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Viewing Billing Information Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Properties.

3. Select General Setup.

4. Select Billing & Counters.

5. To view the printer serial number and total impressions, select Billing Information. To update the

page, select the Refresh option.

6. To view the count for each type of device usage, select Usage Counters. To update the page,

select the Refresh option.

Managing the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

209

Software Updates

Xerox is continually seeking to improve its products. A software revision may become available to

improve the functionality of your printer. The Software Upgrade feature allows the customer to

upgrade the printer software without needing a Customer Service Representative to be present.

The software can be upgraded over a network connection using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Before starting please ensure that the following tasks have been performed:

• Any jobs in the printer queue must be allowed to complete or be deleted before initiating a

software upgrade. The software upgrade procedure will prevent further jobs from being received

until the upgrade has completed.

• Obtain the new software upgrade file for your printer from www.xerox.com/office/B215drivers.

Select the correct upgrade file for your printer model. The upgrade file will have an extension of

.hd. Download the upgrade file to a local or network drive. You will be able to delete the file after

the upgrade procedure.

• TCP/IP and HTTP protocols must be enabled on the printer so that the printer web browser can be

accessed.

All configured network settings and installed options will be retained by the printer after the software

upgrade process.

Updating the Software

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Properties.

3. Select Maintenance.

4. Select Upgrade Management.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator

Account.

5. Select the Upgrades enable check box.

6. Select the Firmware Upgrade.

7. Select Browse or Choose File. Locate and select the software upgrade .hd file obtained earlier,

then select Open.

8. Select Install Software.

The firmware will now be verified and display information about processing the upgrade file.

9. Select OK.

The upgrade should take less than 10 minutes unless there are network issues.

Once the printer has completed the upgrade it will reboot automatically. The configuration report will

print (if enabled). Check the configuration report to verify that the software level has changed.

Moving the Printer

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

210

Moving the Printer

WARNING:

• To lift the printer, always use the hand holds on each side of the printer.

• When moving the printer, do not tilt or turn it upside down as the inside of the printer may

become contaminated with toner, which can cause damage to the printer or adversely affect

print quality.

• To prevent you from dropping the printer or injury, lift the printer firmly by gripping the

recessed areas on both sides of the printer. Never lift the printer by gripping any other areas.

Follow these instructions when moving the printer:

1. Power off the printer, then disconnect the power cord and other cables from the back of the

printer.

WARNING: To prevent electric shock, never touch the power plug with wet hands. When removing

the power cord, ensure that you pull the plug and not the cord. Pulling the cord can damage it,

which can lead to fire or electric shock.

2. Remove any paper or other media from the output tray. If the output tray extension is open, close

it.

3. Remove any paper from the paper tray. Keep the paper wrapped and away from humidity and

dirt.

4. Lift the printer firmly by gripping the recessed areas on

both sides of the printer, then move it to the required

location.

Note:

•When moving the printer, do not tilt it more

than 10 degrees in any direction. Tilting the

printer more than 10 degrees can cause toner

spillage.

•When moving the printer over a long distance,

remove the drum cartridge and toner cartridge

to prevent toner from spilling.

CAUTION: Failure to repackage the printer properly for shipment can result in damage not

covered by the Xerox Warranty or Service Agreement The Xerox Warranty or Service Agreement do

not cover damage to the printer caused by improper moving.

After moving the printer:

1. Reinstall any parts that you removed.

2. Reconnect the printer to the cables and power cord.

3. Plug in and power on the printer.

11.45 kg

25.24 lb.

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

211

Troubleshooting

This chapter includes:

• Troubleshooting Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 212

• General Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................................... 213

• Paper Jams ..................................................................................................................................................................... 219

• Printing Problems ......................................................................................................................................................... 229

• Print-Quality Problems ............................................................................................................................................... 236

• Copy and Scan Problems .......................................................................................................................................... 241

• Fax Problems .................................................................................................................................................................. 242

• Getting Help .................................................................................................................................................................. 244

Troubleshooting Overview

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

212

Troubleshooting Overview

This section provides information on what to do if a problem occurs with your printer. If a problem

occurs, messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error.

Problem Solving Procedure

Perform the following problem solving procedure:

1. Check the display message to see what kind of error has occurred.

2. If a paper jam has occurred, use the instructions provided on the control panel to clear the jam.

For other types of errors, use the information provided in this chapter to resolve the problem.

3. If the problem cannot be resolved, power off and on, and try the job again.

If the problem persists, call for service. When you call for service, provide the service representative with

the device serial number, IP address, and the contents of the display message.

For information about locating the printer serial number, refer to Locating the Serial Number.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

213

General Troubleshooting

This section provides information on what to do if a problem occurs with your printer. If a problem

occurs, messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error.

Restarting the Printer

To restart the printer, refer to Power Options.

Note: If restarting the printer does not resolve the problem, refer to Printer Fails to Power On and

Printer Resets or Powers Off Frequently.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

214

Printer Fails to Power On

Printer Resets or Powers Off Frequently

Document Prints from the Wrong Tray

Probable Causes Solutions

The power switch is not switched on. At the printer control panel, press the Power On/Off button. For

details, refer to Powering On the Printer.

The power cord is not plugged into the

outlet correctly.

Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is plugged in

correctly to the printer and the outlet, then power on the printer.

The printer requires a full reset. Power off the printer, then unplug the power cord and wait 30

seconds. Plug the power cord into the outlet securely, then press

the Power On/Off button.

Something is wrong with the outlet

connected to the printer.

• Plug another electrical appliance into the outlet and check if it

operates properly.

• Try a different outlet.

The printer is connected to an outlet

with a voltage or frequency that does

not match the printer specifications.

Use a power source with the specifications listed in Electrical

Specifications.

Probable Causes Solutions

The power cord is not plugged into the

outlet correctly.

Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is plugged in

correctly to the printer and the outlet, then power on the printer.

A system error occurred. Power off the printer, then power on again. If the error persists,

contact a service representative.

The printer is connected to an un

interruptible power supply.

Power off the printer, then connect the power cord to a suitable

outlet.

The printer is connected to a power strip

shared with other high-power devices.

Plug the printer directly into the outlet or into a power strip that is

not shared with other high-power devices.

Probable Causes Solutions

An application and print driver have

conflicting tray selections.

1. In the print driver, ensure that you have selected the correct

tray.

2. Access the application from which you are printing, then go

to the page setup or printer settings.

3. Set the paper source to match the tray selected in the print

driver, or set the paper source to Auto Select.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

215

Automatic 2-Sided Printing Problems

Paper Tray Fails to Close

Printing Takes Too Long

Probable Causes Solutions

Unsupported or incorrect paper. Ensure that you are using a supported paper size and weight for

2-sided printing. Do not use 2- sided printing for envelopes and

labels.

Incorrect setting. In the print driver, for Printer Settings, select Print on Both Sides.

Note: The setting varies depending on the application from which

you are printing.

Probable Causes Solutions

Debris or an object is blocking the paper

tray.

Remove the debris or object that is blocking the paper tray.

Probable Causes Solutions

The printer is set to a slower printing

mode. For example, the printer is set to

print on Heavy weight paper.

It takes more time to print on certain types of special paper.

Ensure that the paper type is set properly in the print driver and at

the printer control panel.

The printer is in power saver mode. It takes time for printing to start when the printer is exiting power

saver mode.

The way the printer was installed on the

network.

Determine if a print spooler or a computer sharing the printer is

buffering all print jobs, then spooling the jobs to the printer.

Spooling can slow print speeds. To test the speed of the printer,

print information pages, refer to Information Pages. If the page

prints at the rated speed of the printer, check for a network or

printer installation issue.

The job is complex. Wait for the document to finish printing.

The print-quality mode in the print

driver is set to High Resolution

In the print driver, change the print-quality mode to Standard.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

216

Print Job Fails to Print

Probable Causes Solutions

The printer has an error. • To clear the error, power off the printer, then power it on again.

• If the error persists, contact a service representative.

The printer is out of paper. Load paper into the tray. For details, refer to Loading Paper.

The toner cartridge is empty. Replace the empty toner cartridge. For details, refer to Replacing

the Toner Cartridge.

The power cord is not plugged into the

outlet correctly.

Power off the printer, confirm that the power cord is plugged in

correctly to the printer and the outlet, then power on the printer.

The printer is busy. • Determine if a previous print job is the problem. If necessary,

delete the previous print job.

• Load paper in the tray.

• At the printer control panel, touch Jobs. If the print job is not in

the Active Jobs or Completed Jobs list, check the Ethernet

connection between the printer and computer. Power off the

printer, then power it on again.

• At the printer control panel, touch Jobs. If the print job is not in

the Active Jobs or Completed Jobs list, check the USB

connection between the printer and computer. Power off the

printer, then power it on again.

The printer cable is disconnected. • At the printer control panel, touch Jobs. If the print job is not in

the Active Jobs or Completed Jobs list, check the Ethernet

connection between the printer and computer. Power off the

printer, then power it on again.

• At the printer control panel, touch Jobs. If the print job is not in

the Active Jobs or Completed Jobs list, check the USB

connection between the printer and computer. Power off the

printer, then power it on again.

The toner cartridge is empty. Check supplies status, for details refer to Supply Status

Information. If the toner cartridge is empty, open the front cover,

then replace the toner cartridge. For instructions, refer to

Replacing the Toner Cartridge.

The drum cartridge has reached end of

life.

Check supplies status, for details refer to Supply Status

Information. If the drum cartridge has reached end of life, open

the front cover, then replace the drum cartridge. For instructions,

refer to Replacing the Drum Cartridge.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

217

Printer Makes Unusual Noises

Condensation has Formed Inside the Printer

Moisture can condense inside a printer when the humidity is above 85% or when a cold printer is in a

warm room. Condensation can form in a printer after it has been sitting in a cold room that is heated

quickly.

Probable Causes Solutions

There is an obstruction or debris inside

the printer.

1. Power off the printer.

2. Remove the obstruction or debris.

Note: If you cannot remove the obstruction or debris, contact a

service representative

Probable Causes Solutions

The printer has been sitting in a cold

room.

• Before operating the printer, allow it to acclimate for several

hours.

• Allow the printer to operate for several hours at room

temperature.

The relative humidity of the room is too

high.

• Reduce the humidity in the room.

• Move the printer to a location where the temperature and

relative humidity are within the operating specifications. For

details, refer to Environmental Specifications.

General Troubleshooting

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

218

Paper Curl

If your printed output has more than 20

curl, or wrinkling occurs when printing envelopes, use the

rear exit.

1. Open the rear cover.

2. Leave the rear cover open. Prints will be delivered face up.

Note: The rear cover output can only be used for simplex

jobs one sheet at a time. Do not leave rear cover open for

duplex jobs.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

219

Paper Jams

Minimizing Paper Jams

The printer is designed to function with minimal paper jams using Xerox

supported paper. Other paper

types can cause jams. If supported paper is jamming frequently in one area, clean that area of the

paper path.

The following can cause paper jams:

• Selecting the incorrect paper type in the print driver.

• Using damaged, creased, damp or highly curly paper.

• Using unsupported paper.

• Loading paper incorrectly.

• Overfilling the tray.

• Adjusting the paper guides improperly.

Most paper jams can be prevented by following a simple set of rules:

• Use only supported paper. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Follow proper paper handling and loading techniques.

• Always use clean, undamaged paper.

• Avoid paper that is curled, torn, moist, creased, or folded.

• To separate the sheets before loading into the tray, fan the paper.

• Observe the paper tray fill line. Do not overfill the paper tray.

• After you insert paper in a tray, adjust the paper guides in the tray. A paper guide that is not

properly adjusted can cause poor print quality, misfeeds, skewed prints, and printer damage.

• After you load paper in a tray, at the printer control panel, select the correct paper type and size.

• In the print driver, select the correct paper type and size for the print job.

• Store paper in a dry location.

•Use only Xerox

paper designed for the printer.

Avoid the following:

• Polyester-coated paper that is designed specially for ink jet printers.

• Removing paper from the tray while your printer is printing.

• Loading more than one type, size, or weight of paper in a tray at the same time.

• Allowing the output tray to overfill.

• Printing duplex output with the rear door open.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

220

Locating Paper Jams

WARNING: To avoid injury, never touch a labeled area on or near the heat roller in the fuser. If a

sheet of paper is wrapped around the heat roller, do not try to remove it immediately. Power off

the printer immediately, and wait 30 minutes for the fuser to cool. After the printer cools, try to

remove the jammed paper. If the error persists, contact a service representative.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to clear any paper jams using tools or instruments. Using tools or

instruments can damage the printer permanently.

The following illustration shows where paper jams can occur:

1. Paper Tray 1 4. Automatic Document Feeder

2. Manual Feed Slot 5. Document Glass

3. Inside the Printer 6. Duplex and Rear Exit Areas

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

221

Clearing Paper Jams

Clearing Paper Jams from the Automatic Document Feeder

To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the automatic document

feeder areas.

Note: To prevent document jams, use the document glass for heavy weight, light weight, or mixed

paper type originals.

1. Remove any remaining originals from the automatic document feeder.

2. Open the automatic document feeder cover.

3. Gently remove the jammed paper from the automatic

document feeder. If you do not see paper in this area, go

to the next step.

CAUTION: To avo id tear ing the document, remove the

jammed document slowly and gently.

4. Close the cover.

5. Lift the automatic document feeder and gently pull out

any jammed original. Close the automatic document

feeder.

6. Reload the originals into the automatic document feeder

and touch Start to resume the job.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

222

Clearing Paper Jams from Tray 1

To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the paper path.

Note: If you cannot clear the paper jam by following this procedure, refer to Clearing Paper Jams

from Inside the Printer.

1. Pull out the paper tray.

2. Remove any jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.

3. Release the two green latches positioned above where

the paper tray sits.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

223

4. When the baffle drops down, remove any paper from

that area of the paper path.

5. Push the baffle back up in place until the two latches

click.

6. Ensure the paper is loaded correctly. Insert the tray back

into the printer until it snaps into place. Printing

automatically resumes.

Clearing Paper Jams at the Manual Feed Slot

To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the manual feed slot.

1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out of

the printer.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

224

2. Close the manual feed slot cover.

3. Open the printer front cover and then close it.

4. Re-load the paper in the manual feed slot to resume

printing.

Clearing Paper Jams from Inside the Printer

To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from inside the printer.

CAUTION: Some areas of the printer are hot. Take care when removing paper from the printer.

1. Open the front cover. Pull the toner cartridge out.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

225

2. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight

out.

3. Re-install the toner cartridge by inserting it slowly into

the printer.

4. Close the printer cover. Printing automatically resumes.

Clearing Paper Jams from the Duplex and Rear Exit Areas

To resolve the error that appears on the control panel, clear all paper from the duplex and rear exit

areas.

1. Open the rear cover of the printer.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

226

2. Press down and pull out the green latches and attached

baffle on either side of opening.

3. Remove any paper you see, working slowly so that you

don’t tear any pieces or damage printer parts.

4. After removing the paper you see, pull the baffle up until

the latches click into place.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

227

5. Close the rear cover. Printing will resume automatically.

Troubleshooting Paper Jams

The following charts list some conditions that may occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the

suggested solutions until the problem is corrected. If the problem persists, call for service.

Multiple Sheets Pulled Together

Probable Causes Solutions

The paper tray is too full. Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper above the fill line.

The edges of the paper are not even. Remove the paper, align the edges, then reload the paper in the

tray.

The paper is moist from humidity. Remove the paper from the tray, then replace it with new, dry

paper.

Too much static electricity is present. Load new paper into the printer.

Using unsupported paper. Use only Xerox-approved paper. For details, refer to Supported

Paper.

Paper Jams

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

228

Paper Misfeeds

Probable Causes Solutions

The originals keep jamming in the

automatic document feeder.

If an original does not feed into the printer, the automatic

document feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a

service representative.

The paper is not positioned correctly in

the tray.

• Remove the misfed paper, then reposition it in the tray.

• Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the

paper.

The paper tray is too full. Remove some of the paper. Do not load paper above the fill line.

The paper guides are not adjusted

correctly to the

paper size.

Adjust the paper guides in the tray to match the size of the paper.

The tray contains warped or wrinkled

paper.

Remove the paper, smooth it out, then reload it. If the paper

misfeeds, do not use that paper.

The paper is moist from humidity. Remove the moist paper, then replace it with new, dry paper.

Using paper of the wrong size, thickness

or type.

Use only Xerox-approved paper. For details, refer to Supported

Paper.

Paper does not feed into the printer

correctly.

• Remove any obstructions from inside the printer.

• Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the

tray and reload it correctly.

• There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from

the tray.

• The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the

specifications required by the printer. For details, refer to

Supported Paper.

• If you are printing on special media, use the manual feed slot.

Paper sticks together. • Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.

• Different types of paper may be stacked in the tray. Load

paper of only one type, size, and weight.

Transparencies stick together in the

paper exit.

Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers.

Remove each transparency as it exits from the printer.

Envelopes skew or fail to feed correctly. • Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the

envelopes.

• Feed envelopes one at a time through the manual feed slot.

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

229

Printing Problems

If your printer is not printing correctly, refer to the following tables.

Symptoms Causes Solutions

The printer does not

print.

The printer is not receiving power. • Check the power cord connections.

• Check the power switch and the

power source.

The printer is not selected as the default

printer.

Select your printer as your default

printer in Windows.

Check the printer for the following:

• The front door is not closed. Close the front door.

• Paper is jammed. Clear the paper jam. Refer to Paper Jams.

• No paper is loaded. Load paper.

• The toner or drum cartridge is not installed. Install the toner or drum cartridge.

If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.

The connection cable between the

computer and the printer is not

connected properly.

Disconnect the printer cable and

reconnect it.

The connection cable between the

computer and the printer is defective.

If possible, attach the cable to another

computer that is working properly and

print a job. You can also try using a

different printer cable.

The port setting is incorrect. Check the Windows printer setting to

make sure that the print job is sent to

the correct port. If the computer has

more than one port, make sure that the

printer is attached to the correct one.

The printer may be configured

incorrectly.

Check the print driver options to ensure

that all of the print settings are correct.

The print driver may be incorrectly

installed.

Reinstall the printer software. Refer to

Installing Printer Software.

The printer is malfunctioning. Check the display message on the

control panel to see if the printer is

indicating a system error. Contact a

service representative.

A print job is extremely

slow.

The job may be very complex. Reduce the complexity of the page or

try adjusting the print quality settings.

After 100 consecutive prints the device

print speed will slow down until the

current job completes. The next job will

return to rated speed.

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

230

Half the page is blank. The page orientation setting may be

incorrect.

Change the page orientation in your

application. See the print driver help

screen.

The paper size and the paper size

settings do not match.

• Ensure that the paper size in the

print driver settings matches the

paper in the tray.

• Ensure that the paper size in the

print driver settings matches the

paper selection in the software

application settings you use.

The printer prints, but

the text is wrong,

garbled, or incomplete.

The printer cable is loose or defective. • Disconnect the printer cable and

reconnect. Try a print job that you

have already printed successfully. If

possible, attach the cable and the

printer to another computer that you

know works and try a print job.

• Try a new printer cable.

The wrong print driver was selected. Check the application’s printer selection

menu to ensure that your printer is

selected.

The software application is

malfunctioning.

Try printing a job from another

application.

The operating system is malfunctioning. Exit applications and reboot the

computer. Switch the printer off and

then on again.

Pages print, but they

are blank.

The toner cartridge is defective or out of

toner.

• Redistribute the toner.

• If necessary, replace the toner

cartridge.

The file may have blank pages. Check the file to ensure that it does not

contain blank pages.

Some parts, such as the controller or the

board, may be defective.

Contact a service representative.

The printer does not

print PDF file correctly.

Some parts of

graphics, text, or

illustrations are

missing.

Incompatibility between the PDF file

and the Acrobat products.

Printing the PDF file as an image may

enable the file to print. Switch on Print

As Image from the Acrobat printing

options. It will take longer to print when

you print a PDF file as an image.

The print quality of

photos is not good.

Images are not clear.

The resolution of the photo is very low. Reduce the photo size. If you increase

the photo size in the software

application, the resolution will be

reduced.

Symptoms Causes Solutions

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

231

Common PostScript Problems

The following situations are PS language specific and may occur when several printer languages are

used.

Before printing, the

printer emits vapor

near the output tray.

Using damp paper can cause vapor

during printing.

• Load a new batch of paper.

• To avoid the paper absorbing too

much moisture, do not open

packages of paper until required.

The printer does not

print special- sized

paper, such as billing

paper.

Paper size and paper size setting do not

match.

Set the correct paper size in the Custom

Paper Size Settings in the Print Options.

For more information, refer to Paper Tab.

Symptoms Causes Solutions

PostScript file cannot

be printed.

The PostScript driver may not be

installed correctly.

• Install the PostScript driver. Refer to

Installing Printer Software. Print a

configuration page and verify that

the PS version is available for

printing.

• If the problem persists, contact a

service representative.

“Limit Check Error”

report prints.

The print job was too complex. You might need to reduce the

complexity of the page.

A PostScript error page

prints.

The print job may not be PostScript. Make sure that the print job is a

PostScript job. Check to see whether the

software application expected a setup

or PostScript header file to be sent to

the printer.

Symptoms Causes Solutions

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

232

Common Windows Problems

Note: Refer to the Microsoft Windows User Guide supplied with your computer for further

information on Windows error messages.

Messages Solutions

“File in Use” message appears during

installation.

Exit all software applications. Remove all software from the

printer’s startup group, then restart Windows. Re-install the print

driver, refer to Installing Printer Software.

“General Protection Fault”, “Exception

OE”, “Spool 32”, or “Illegal Operation”

messages appear.

Close all other applications, reboot Windows and try printing

again.

“Fail To Print”, “A printer timeout error

occurred” messages appear.

These messages may appear during printing. Wait until the printer

finishes printing. If the message appears in standby mode or after

printing has been completed, check the connection and/or

whether an error has occurred.

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

233

Common Linux Problems

Symptoms Solutions

The printer does not print. • Check if the print driver is installed on your system.

• Make sure that your printer is displayed in the Printers list. If

not, open the Add new printer wizard to set up your printer.

• Check if the printer is started. Open the Printers configuration

window and select your printer from the printer list. Look at the

description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains

Stopped, press the Start button. Normal operation of the

printer should be restored. The “stopped” status might be

activated if problems in printing occurred. For instance, this

could be an attempt to print a document when the port is

being used by a scanning application.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

printer (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface

(port), simultaneous access of different “consumer”

applications to the same port is possible. To avoid possible

conflicts, only one of them at a time is allowed to gain control

over the printer. The other “consumer” will encounter a “device

busy” response. You should open the Ports Configuration

window and select the port assigned to your printer. In the

Selected port pane you can see if the port is occupied by some

other application. If this is the case, you should either wait for

completion of the current job or press the Release port button.

• Check if your application has a special print option such as

“-oraw”. If “-oraw” is specified in the command line parameter,

then remove it to print properly. For Gimp front-end, select the

“print” -> “Setup printer” and edit command line parameters in

the command item.

The printer does not print whole pages,

and output is printed on half the page.

It is a known problem that occurs on version 8.51 or earlier of

Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS.The problem is solved in AFPL

Ghostscript v. 8.52 or above. Download the latest version of AFPL

Ghostscript from http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and

install it to solve this problem.

Cannot scan via Gimp Front-end. • Check if the Gimp Front-end has Xsane: Device dialog. on the

Acquire menu. If not, you should install the Xsane plug-in for

Gimp on the your computer. You can find the Xsane plug-in

package for Gimp on the Linux distribution CD or the Gimp

home page. For detailed information, refer to the ‘Help for

Linux’ distribution CD or the Gimp Front-end application.

• If you wish to use another kind of scan application, refer to the

application’s Help files.

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

234

Note: Refer to the Linux User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Linux

error messages.

Error message “Cannot open port device

file” displays when printing a document.

Avoid changing print job parameters while a print job is in

progress. Known versions of CUPS server break the print job

whenever print options are changed and then try to restart the job

from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks the port while

printing, the abrupt termination of the driver keeps the port locked

and unavailable for subsequent Print jobs. If this situation occurs,

try to release the port by selecting Release port in Port

configuration window.

The printer does not appear on the

scanners list.

• Ensure your printer is attached to your computer, connected

properly via the USB port, and is turned on.

• Ensure the scanner driver for your printer is installed on your

system.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

printer (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface

(port), simultaneous access of different “consumer”

applications to the same port is possible. To avoid possible

conflicts, only one of them at a time is allowed to gain control

over the printer. The other “consumer” will encounter “device

busy” response. This usually happens when starting a scan

procedure. An appropriate message box appears.

• To identify the source of the problem, open the Ports

configuration and select the port assigned to your scanner,

port's symbol /dev/mfp0 corresponds to LP:0 designation

displayed in the scanners’ options, /dev/mfp1 relates to LP:1,

and so on. USB ports start at /dev/mfp4, so scanner on USB:0

relates to /dev/mfp4 respectively and so forth sequentially. In

the Selected port pane, you can see if the port is occupied by

another application. If this is the case, you should either wait

for completion of the current job or press the Release port

button.

The printer does not scan. Ensure a document is loaded into the printer, ensure your printer is

connected to the computer.

Symptoms Solutions

Printing Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

235

Common Macintosh Problems

Note: Refer to the Macintosh User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on

Macintosh error messages.

Symptoms Solutions

The printer does not print PDF files

correctly. Some parts of graphics, text,

or illustrations are missing.

• Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print.

Switch on Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.

• It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an

image.

The document has printed, but the print

job has not disappeared from the

spooler in Mac OS X10.3.2.

Update your MAC OS to OS X 10.9 or higher.

Some letters are not displayed normally

during the cover page printing.

Mac OS cannot create the font during the cover page printing. The

English alphabet and numbers are displayed normally on the cover

page.

Print-Quality Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

236

Print-Quality Problems

Your printer is designed to produce consistently high-quality prints. If you observe print-quality

problems, use the information in this section to troubleshoot the problem. For more information, go to

www.xerox.com/office/B215support

CAUTION: The Xerox

Warranty or Service Agreement does not cover damage caused by using

unsupported paper or specialty media.

Note: To ensure consistent print quality, the toner cartridge and drum cartridge are designed to

cease functioning at a predetermined point.

Controlling Print Quality

Various factors can affect the quality of the output of your printer. For consistent and optimum print

quality, use paper designed for your printer, and set the paper type correctly. To maintain optimum

print quality, follow the guidelines in this section.

Temperature and humidity affect the quality of the printed output. The guaranteed range for optimal

print quality is

0–50

C (50–122

F) and 30–80% relative humidity.

Solving Print-Quality Problems

When the print quality is poor, select the closest symptom from the following table, then refer to the

corresponding solution. If the print quality does not improve after completing the appropriate action,

contact a service representative.

Note: To maintain print quality, when toner is low, a warning message appears on the control

panel. When the toner cartridge is empty, the printer stops printing, and a warning message

appears that prompts you to replace the toner cartridge. The printer stops printing until you install

a new toner cartridge.

Symptoms Solutions

Light or faded print • If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner supply is

low. You may be able to temporarily extend the toner cartridge life. For details,

refer to Redistributing Toner. If this does not improve the toner quality, install a

new toner cartridge.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications; for example, the paper may be

too moist or rough. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the toner save

mode is on. Adjust the print resolution and turn the Toner Save mode off. See

the help screen of the print driver.

• A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the toner

cartridge needs replacing. For details, refer to Replacing the Toner Cartridge.

Print-Quality Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

237

Toner specks • The paper may not meet specifications; for example, the paper may be too

moist or rough. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your printer, refer to Cleaning

the Printer.

• The paper path may need cleaning, refer to Cleaning the Printer.

Dropouts If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:

• A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.

• The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its

surface. Try a different brand of paper. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• The paper is damaged. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to

reject toner. Try a new ream or brand of paper.

• Set the correct paper type option. For details, refer to Paper Tab.

• If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.

White Spots If white spots appear on the page:

• The paper is too rough and dirt from the paper falls to the inner areas of the

printer on to the transfer roller. Clean the inside of your printer, refer to Cleaning

the Printer.

• The paper path may need cleaning, refer to Cleaning the Printer.

Vertical lines If black vertical streaks appear on the page, isolate the problem to copying, printing

or scanning and perform the following:

• If copying or scanning, check the CVT glass and document glass and if necessary

clean using a lint-free cloth. For instructions, refer to Cleaning the Document

Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass.

• If copying or printing, the drum cartridge inside the printer has probably been

scratched. Remove the drum cartridge and install a new one, refer to Replacing

the Drum Cartridge.

Background If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:

• Change to a lighter weight paper. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of

humidity (higher than 80% RH) can increase the amount of background

shading.

• Remove the old toner cartridge and install a new one, refer to Replacing the

Toner Cartridge.

Symptoms Solutions

Print-Quality Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

238

Toner smear If toner smears on the page:

• Clean the inside of the printer, refer to Cleaning the Printer.

• Check the paper type and quality. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Remove the toner cartridge and install a new one, refer to Replacing the Toner

Cartridge.

Vertical repetitive

defects

If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:

• The toner cartridge may be damaged. Run a few prints through the printer and if

you still have the problem, remove the toner cartridge and install a new one. For

details, refer Replacing the Toner Cartridge.

• Parts of the printer may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the back of

the page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more pages.

• The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.

Background scatter Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the printed

page.

• The paper may be too damp. Load a new batch of paper. Do not open packages

of paper until necessary so that the paper does not absorb too much moisture.

• If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to avoid

printing over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side. Printing on

seams can cause problems.

• If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page, adjust the

print resolution through your software application or using the print driver

options.

Misformed characters • If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper

stock may be too slick. Try different paper. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• If characters are improperly formed and producing a wavy effect, the scanner

unit may need service. Contact a service representative.

Page skew • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack,

refer to Loading Paper.

Symptoms Solutions

Print-Quality Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

239

Curl or wave • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can

cause paper curl. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees

in the tray.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper

tab, and set type to Light weight.

• If job is simplex, leave the rear cover open. Prints will be delivered face up.

Note: The rear cover output can only be used for simplex jobs one sheet at a time.

Do not leave rear cover open for duplex jobs.

Wrinkles or creases • Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees

in the tray.

Back of printouts are

dirty

Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the printer, refer to Cleaning the Printer.

Solid Black pages • The toner cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and

reinsert it.

• The toner cartridge may be defective. Remove the toner cartridge and install a

new one.

• The printer may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Loose toner • Clean the inside of the printer.

• Check the paper type and quality. For details, refer to Supported Paper.

• Remove the toner cartridge and install a new one, refer to Replacing the Toner

Cartridge.

• The printer may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Symptoms Solutions

Print-Quality Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

240

Character Voids Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid black:

• If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because of the

composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.

• You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper and

turn it around.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications.

Horizontal stripes If horizontally aligned black lines, stripes, streaks or smears appear:

• The toner cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and

reinsert it.

• The toner cartridge may be defective. Remove the toner cartridge and install a

new one. For details, refer to Replacing the Toner Cartridge.

• If the problem persists, the printer may require repair. Contact a service

representative.

Curl If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the printer:

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in the

tray.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper

tab, and set type to Light weight.

An unknown image

repetitively appears on

a few sheets or loose

toner, light print, or

contamination occurs.

• Your printer is probably being used at an altitude of 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or above.

• The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light

imaging. Change the altitude setting for your printer. For details, refer to Setting

Altitude Adjustment.

Symptoms Solutions

Copy and Scan Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

241

Copy and Scan Problems

If the copy or scan quality is poor, refer to the following table.

Symptoms Solutions

Copies are too light or

too dark.

Use Lighten/Darken in the Copy service to lighten or darken the copies. For details,

refer to Copy Options.

Smears, lines, marks, or

spots appear on

copies.

• If the defects are on the original, use Background Suppression in the Copy

service to lighten the background of your copies. For details, refer to Copy

Options.

• If there are no defects on the original, clean the scanner unit. For details, refer to

Cleaning the Printer.

• If the defect occurs when using the automatic document feeder, clean the CVT

glass using a lint-free cloth. For instructions, refer to Cleaning the Document

Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass.

Copy image is skewed. • Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass and not skewed.

• Ensure that the original is face up in the automatic document feeder and just

touching the guides.

• Check that the copy paper is loaded correctly.

• The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your printer.

Blank copies. Ensure that the original is face down on the document glass or face up in the

automatic document feeder. If the problem continues, contact a service

representative.

Image rubs off the

copy easily.

• Replace the paper in the tray with paper from a new package.

• In high humidity areas, do not leave paper in the printer for extended periods of

time.

Frequent copy paper

jams occur.

• Fan the stack of paper, then turn it over in the tray. Replace the paper in the tray

with a fresh supply. Check and adjust the paper guides.

• Ensure that the paper is the proper paper weight and type.

• Check for copy paper or pieces of copy paper remaining in the printer after a

paper jam has been cleared.

Toner cartridge

produces fewer copies

than expected before

running out of toner.

• Your originals may contain pictures, solids, or heavy lines. For example, your

originals may be forms, newsletters, books, or other documents that use more

toner.

• The automatic document feeder may be left open while copies are being made.

• Power off the printer, and then power on.

Fax Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

242

Fax Problems

If your printer cannot send or receive faxes correctly, refer to the following tables.

Note: If your Xerox device cannot send and receive faxes, ensure that the printer is connected to

an approved analog or digital telephone line.

The scanner does not

work.

• Make sure that you place the original to be scanned face down on the document

glass, or face up in the automatic document feeder.

• There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to

scan.

• Check that the scanner is configured correctly.

• Check that the printer cable is connected properly.

• Make sure that the printer cable is not defective. Switch the cable with a known

good cable. If necessary, replace the cable.

The unit scans very

slowly.

• If the printer is printing received data, wait to scan your document after the

received data has been printed.

• Keep in mind that graphics are scanned more slowly than text.

Symptom Solutions

No dial tone. • Check that the phone line is properly connected. Connect phone line cord to the

LINE jack at the rear of the printer to the wall jack that provides the phone line

service.

• Check that the phone socket on the wall is working by plugging in another

phone.

The numbers stored in

memory do not dial

correctly.

• Make sure that the numbers are stored in memory correctly. To check, print a Fax

Phonebook report. For details, refer to Information Pages.

• Make sure that manually entered fax phone numbers have all the digits needed

to correctly dial the fax machine location.

The original does not

feed into the printer.

• Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled and you are inserting it correctly.

• Check that the original is the right size, not too thick or thin.

• Remove any staples and paper clips from the pages.

• Make sure that the automatic document feeder is firmly closed.

• The automatic document feeder rubber pad may need to be replaced. Contact a

service representative.

Symptoms Solutions

Fax Problems

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

243

Faxes are not received

automatically.

• The receiving mode should be set to fax.

• Incoming fax calls have two settings in fax setup:

• 1 - Immediately (answers incoming call)

• 2 - Off (does not answer)

Check that fax defaults are set to Immediately for the auto answer feature. Refer

to Incoming Fax Defaults.

• Make sure that there is paper in the tray.

• Check to see if the display shows any error message and follow the instructions

to remedy the problem.

The printer does not

send.

• Make sure that the original is loaded in the automatic document feeder or on

the document glass.

• Check the fax device to which you are sending your fax to see if it can receive

your fax.

• Try the job again later; the line may have a fault or be busy.

• For fax receivers known to be busy, adjust the default fax settings to increase

redial attempts when a busy is detected. For details, refer to Outgoing Fax

Defaults.

The incoming fax has

blank spaces or is of

poor quality.

• The fax printer sending you the fax may be faulty.

• A noisy phone line can cause line errors.

• Check the print quality by printing an Information Page. For details, refer to

Information Pages.

• The toner cartridge may be empty. Replace the toner cartridge, For details, refer

to Replacing the Toner Cartridge.

Some of the words on

an incoming fax are

stretched.

• The fax device sending the fax had a temporary document jam.

• The fax device sending the fax had a document misfeed that caused the image

to be distorted during scanning.

There are lines on the

originals you sent.

• Check your scanner unit for contamination or debris and clean it. For details,

refer to Cleaning the Printer.

• Check the CVT glass and document glass and if necessary clean using a lint-free

cloth. For instructions, refer to Cleaning the Document Glass and Constant

Velocity Transport Glass.

The printer dials a

number, but the

connection with the

other fax device fails.

• The other fax device may be powered off, out of paper, or cannot answer

incoming calls. Speak with the other machine operator and request that the

problem is fixed.

• Verify the fax number dialed is correct for the fax location and the recipient's fax

device.

Faxes do not store in

memory.

• There may not be enough memory space to store the fax. Delete or print faxes

stored in memory, and then try to store the fax again.

• Call for service.

Blank areas appear at

the bottom of each

page or on other

pages, with a small

strip of text at the top.

You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the print options. For details, refer

to Fax Settings.

Symptom Solutions

Getting Help

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

244

Getting Help

Your printer includes utilities and resources to help you troubleshoot printing problems.

Viewing Warning Messages on the Control Panel

When a warning condition occurs, the printer alerts you of the problem. A message appears on the

control panel. Warning alerts inform you about printer conditions, such as low supplies or low paper

supply that require your attention. If more than one warning condition occurs, only one warning

message appears on the control panel at a time.

Information about current errors and printer status can also be viewed using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

Viewing Current Errors on the Control Panel

When an error condition occurs, a message appears on the control panel to inform you of the problem.

Error messages warn you about printer conditions that prevent the printer from printing or degrade

printing performance. If more than one error occurs, only one is displayed on the control panel.

Viewing Alerts Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services

When an error condition occurs, alert messages display in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services to

inform you of the problem. Alerts warn you about printer conditions that prevent the printer from

printing or degrade printing performance.

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

2. Click Status



Alerts.

A list of active alerts and a description of the error is displayed.

Getting Help

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

245

Using the Integrated Troubleshooting Tools

To assist with troubleshooting, your printer has a set of Information Pages that you can print. These

pages include configuration, font and error information.

Printing an Error Message Report Using the Control Panel

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

2. Touch Device



Information Pages.

3. Touch Error Messages, then touch Print.

4. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

Printing Reports Using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

1. At your computer, open a Web browser. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer,

then press Enter or Return.

1. Click Properties



Services



Printing.

Note: If you are prompted to enter the Administrator account user name and password, refer to

Accessing the Xerox® CentreWare® Internet Services Administrator Account.

2. Click Reports.

3. To print a report, for the required report, click Print.

4. Click OK.

Helpful Information Pages

To assist with troubleshooting, your printer has a set of Information Pages that you can print. These

pages include configuration, font and error information. For more information, refer to Information

Pages.

Online Support Assistant

The Online Support Assistant provides instructions and troubleshooting help to solve your printer

problems. For example, you can find solutions for print-quality problems, paper jams, and software

installation issues.

To access the Online Support Assistant, go to www.xerox.com/office/B215support.

Getting Help

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

246

Locating the Serial Number

The printer’s serial number is located on the data plate on the rear cover, and is printed on the System

Configuration report. It is also displayed on the Device



About



General screen.

For more information about printing the Configuration report, refer to Printing a Configuration Report

Using the Control Panel.

More Information

You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:

Resource Location

Installation Guide Packaged with the printer and can be downloaded at

www.xerox.com/office/B215docs

Other documentation for your printer www.xerox.com/office/B215docs

Technical support information for your

printer, including online technical

support, Online Support Assistant and

print driver downloads

www.xerox.com/office/B215support

Information Pages Print reports from the control panel or using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. For details, refer to Information Pages.

Order supplies for your printer www.xerox.com/office/B215supplies

Local Sales and Support Center www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

Printer registration www.xerox.com/office/register

Business Resource Center www.xerox.com/office/businessresourcecenter

Getting Help

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

247

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

248

Security

This chapter describes how to configure the Security features for the device.

The following topics are mentioned in this chapter:

•Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services ................................................................................................................ 249

• Setting Access Rights ................................................................................................................................................. 252

• Setting Print Permissions .......................................................................................................................................... 254

• Device User Database ............................................................................................................................................... 255

• Secure HTTP.................................................................................................................................................................... 256

• IP Filtering ...................................................................................................................................................................... 257

• IPSec ................................................................................................................................................................................. 258

• Security Certificates .................................................................................................................................................... 259

• Concealing or Showing Job Names ...................................................................................................................... 261

• 802.1x .............................................................................................................................................................................. 262

• Displaying or Hiding Network Settings ............................................................................................................... 263

• System Timeout ........................................................................................................................................................... 264

• USB Port Security ......................................................................................................................................................... 265

• Restricting Access to the Web User Interface .................................................................................................. 266

• Software Verification Test ........................................................................................................................................ 267

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

249

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services is the administration and configuration software installed on the

embedded Web server in the printer. Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services software allows you to

configure and administer the printer from a Web browser.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services requires:

• A TCP/IP connection between the printer and the network in Windows, Macintosh or Linux

environments.

• TCP/IP and HTTP enabled in the printer.

• A network-connected computer with a Web browser that supports JavaScript.

Many features in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services require an administrator user name and

password. For security purposes, the default system administrator password is set to the unique device

serial number of your printer. For network printers, when you first access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services after printer installation, the system prompts you to change the default system administrator

password. Once the system administrator password is successfully set, you can access all features and

functions in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

For information about changing the default password the first time you access Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default

System Administrator Password.

Note: The serial number is located on the data label at the rear of the printer.

Finding the IP Address of Your Printer

To install the print driver for a network-connected printer, it is often necessary to know the IP address

of your printer. Also, the IP address is used to access the settings of your printer through Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

You can view the IP address of your printer on the printer Home screen, in the About option, or on the

System Configuration Report.

Viewing the IP Printer Address on the Control Panel

To view the IP address of the printer on the control panel:

1. At the printer control panel, press the Home button.

The IP address is displayed on the screen.

2. To view the Network screen, touch Device



About



Network.

Scroll to the IP address and record it from the display.

3. To return to the home screen, press the Home button.

To print a configuration report, refer to Printing a Configuration Report Using the Control Panel.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

250

Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Administrator Account

Many features in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services require an administrator user name and

password. When updating Security options, you will be prompted to enter the Administrator Account

To access the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account:

1. At your computer, open a Web browser.

2. In the address field, type the IP address of the printer.

Note: If you do not know the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of Your

Printer.

3. Press Enter or Return.

Note: If you are accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for the first time after printer

installation, you will be prompted to change the Administrator Account password. For instructions,

refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password.

4. Click Properties, then configure the settings required.

When you select an option which requires Administrator Account access, a security login window

appears.

5. For User Name, enter Admin. For Password, enter the administrator account password that was

set during initial access to Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. Click OK.

You are now able to configure and save settings.

Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

251

Changing the System Administrator Password

To prevent unauthorized changes to printer settings, ensure the Administrator Account password is

changed regularly. Be sure to store the password in a secure location.

Note: If you are accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services for the first time after printer

installation, you will be prompted to change the Administrator Account password. For instructions,

refer to Accessing Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services and Changing the Default System

Administrator Password.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties.

2. Click Maintenance.

3. Click Administrator Password.

4. To change the Administrator Account password, enter a new password in the Password field.

Passwords can contain between 4 and 32 characters and the following characters can be used:

• Letters: a - z, A - Z

•Numbers: 0 - 9

• Special Characters: @ / . ‘ & + - # * , _ % ( ) !

5. To verify the password, enter the password again in the Verify Password field.

6. To save the new password, select the Select to save a new password check box.

7. Click Save.

Setting Access Rights

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

252

Setting Access Rights

You can control access to services and features by setting up authentication and authorization.

Personalization allows the printer to retrieve user information to customize features.

Authentication

Authentication is the process of confirming user identities. If you enable authentication, the printer

compares the information that users provide to another source of information, such as an LDAP

directory. If the information is valid, the users are considered authenticated.

There are several ways to authenticate a user:

•Passcode: This option enables a passcode. To access the printer, at the control panel, users type a

passcode. The printer compares the passcode to the stored information.

•Local Authentication: The option enables local authentication. To prove their identity, users type

their user name and password at the control panel or in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services. The

printer compares the user credentials to the information stored in the user database. If you have a

limited number of users, or do not have access to an authentication server, use this authentication

method.

•Network Authentication: This option enables network authentication. To prove their identity,

users type their user name and password at the control panel or in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet

Services. The printer compares the user credentials to the information stored on an authentication

server. Before configuring Network Authentication, ensure that the external network server to

provide authentication is functional on your network. Refer to your manufacturer's

documentation for instructions to complete this task.

Note: The printer can use one of the following authentication server types:

•Kerberos for UNIX, Linux, or Windows ADS

• SMB for Windows ADS

•LDAP

Setting Access Rights

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

253

Setting the Login Method

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



2. Click Login Methods.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To set the authentication method, select an option:

•No Authentication: This option allows unrestricted access to the printer.

•Passcode: This option creates the passcode for users to enter on the control panel. For Create

Passcode, type a passcode.

•Local Authentication: This option stores user login information on the printer in the Device

User Database. To configure the database, for Device User Database, click the Pencil icon.

For information about configuring the Device User Database, refer to Device User Database.

•Network Authentication: This option stores user login information on an authentication

server in the network. To configure the server connection, for Authentication Server, click the

Pencil icon and enter the settings required for the authentication server.

Note: If you select Local Authentication or Network Authentication, you can set the printer to

retrieve user profile information from LDAP. To retrieve information from LDAP, for Personalize

Tou ch U I, sel ect Retrieve Profile Information for Authenticated User from LDAP. To configure

the server connection, for LDAP Server, click the Pencil icon.

For information about configuring the Log Out Confirmation Screen, refer to Configuring the Log

Out Confirmation Screen.

Configuring the Log Out Confirmation Screen

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



2. Click Login Methods.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To enable the log out confirmation screen, select Show at Log Out.

4. To show the log out confirmation screen after every job, select Show After Every Job.

5. To disable the log out confirmation screen, select Don't Show.

Setting Print Permissions

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

254

Setting Print Permissions

You can set print permissions for 2-sided printing.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



2. Click Print Permissions.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. For 2-Sided Printing Policy, for Always Require 2-Sided Printing, select On or Off.

4. Click Save.

Device User Database

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

255

Device User Database

The Device User Database stores user credential information for local authentication. When you

configure local authentication, the printer checks the credentials that users provide against the

information in the database. You can export the database for use on other printers.

Managing the Device User Database

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



2. Click Device User Database.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. Select an option:

•Add New: Select this option to add users to the database. To add more than one user, click on

the box next to Add Another User. Add the user information and password, then click Save.

•Import from file: Select this option to import user information from a .csv file. Select a file to

import, then click Apply.

•Export to File: Select this option to export the Device User Database to a .csv file. Select a

location to store the file.

4. To edit a user, for the user, click the Pencil icon. Edit the fields required, then click Save.

5. To delete a user, for the user, click the X icon. To confirm the deletion, click OK.

Secure HTTP

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

256

Secure HTTP

To establish a Secure HTTP (HTTPS) connection to the printer, you can use TLS to encrypt data sent

over HTTP.

You can enable TLS encryption for the following features.

• Configuring the printer in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

•Printing from Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services

• Printing using IPP

Note: TLS encryption is protocol-independent. You can choose to use, or not to use TLS for each

protocol.

Before you begin:

• Ensure that DNS is enabled and configured.

• Ensure that the date and time configured on the printer is correct. The time that is set on the

printer is used to set the start time for the Xerox Device Certificate. A Xerox Device Certificate is

installed when you enable HTTP. After you enable HTTP, check the device certificate.

Enabling HTTPS

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Connectivity.

2. Click Protocols.

3. Click HTTP.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

4. To enable the protocol, for Protocol, select Enable.

5. For Keep Alive Timeout, enter the time that the printer waits for a response from a connected

user before it terminates the connection.

6. Change the Port Number as needed.

7. If a Machine Digital Certificate is configured, you can edit the following security fields.

•For HTTP Security Mode, select an HTTPS security option.

• To allow connections to the device using HTTPS only, select Require HTTPS.

• To enable one or more versions, for TLSv 1.0, TLSv 1.1, and TLSv 1.2, select Enable as needed.

8. Click Apply, then click OK.

IP Filtering

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

257

IP Filtering

You can prevent unauthorized network access by creating an IP Filter to block or allow data sent from

particular IP addresses.

Note: Be careful not to filter the IP address of any device used to administer the printer.

Enabling IP Filtering

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click IP Filtering.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To enable IP filtering, select IPv4 Filtering Enabled, IPv6 Filtering Enabled, or both.

4. To permit access to the device, type the IP Address and Port or Prefix as needed.

5. Click Apply.

IPSec

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

258

IPSec

Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) is a group of protocols used to secure Internet Protocol (IP)

communications. The IPSec feature authenticates and encrypts each IP data packet.

If you select IPSec, all printer traffic uses IPSec protocols, including:

Configuring IPSec

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click IPSec.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To enable the protocol, for Protocol, select Enabled.

Note: To enable IPSec, enable SSL and connect to device using HTTPS.

4. To remove IPSec connections, click Flush All IPSec Connections.

5. For Shared Secret, enter the shared key value.

6. For Verify Shared Secret, re-enter the shared key value.

7. To save the new shared key, select Select to save new Shared Secret.

8. Click Apply.

• DHCP v4/v6 (TCP and UDP)

•DNS (TCP and UDP)

•FTP (TCP)

• HTTP (Scan Out, TCP port 80)

• HTTPS (Scan Out, TCP port 443)

• HTTPS (Web Server, TCP port 443)

•ICMP v4/v6

• IPP (TCP port 631)

• LPR Print (TCP port 515)

• Port 9100 Print (TCP port 9100)

•SMTP (TCP/UDP port 25)

• SNMP (TCP/UDP port 161)

• SNMP Traps (TCP/UDP port 162)

• WS-Discovery (UDP port 3702)

Security Certificates

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

259

Security Certificates

A digital certificate is a file that contains data used to verify the identity of the client or server in a

network transaction. A certificate also contains a public key used to create and verify digital signatures.

One device proves its identity to another by presenting a certificate trusted by the other device. Or, the

device can present a certificate signed by a trusted third party and a digital signature proving its

ownership of the certificate.

A digital certificate includes the following data:

• Information about the owner of the certificate

• The certificate serial number and expiration date

• The name and digital signature of the certificate authority (CA) that issued the certificate

•A public key

• A purpose defining how the certificate and public key can be used

Creating a Machine Digital Certificate

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Machine Digital Certificate.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. Click Create New Certificate, then select an option:

• Self Signed Certificate

• Certificate Signing Request (CSR)

4. Click Continue.

5. For the selected certificate type, complete the fields.

6. Click Apply.

Security Certificates

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

260

Installing a Trusted Certificate Authority Certificate

If the printer uses the Xerox

Device Certificate, and a user attempts to access the printer using Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, an error message can appear in their Web browser. To avoid error

messages, install a Trusted Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate in the Web browsers of all users.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Trusted Certificate Authorities.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To add a certificate, click Add.

a. Click Browse or Choose File, navigate to the signed certificate in .pem or PKCS#12 format,

then click Open or Choose File.

b. Click Apply, then click OK.

4. For Installed Certificates, perform the following steps.

• To delete a certificate, select the certificate, then click Delete.

• To delete all certificates, click Reset.

Concealing or Showing Job Names

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

261

Concealing or Showing Job Names

You can conceal job names from displaying on the control panel, and in the Active Jobs and Completed

Jobs lists in Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Conceal Job Names.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. Select an option:

•Show All Job Names: This option allows job names to appear on the control panel and in the

Active Jobs and Completed Jobs lists.

•Conceal All Job Names: This option prevents all job names from appearing on the control

panel and in the Active Jobs and Completed Jobs lists.

4. Click Apply.

802.1x

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

262

802.1x

802.1x is an Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) standard that defines a method for

port-based network access control or authentication. In an 802.1x secured network, the printer must be

authenticated by a central authority, typically a RADIUS server, before it can access the physical

network.

Before you begin:

• Ensure that your 802.1x authentication server and authentication switch are available on the

network.

• Determine the supported authentication method.

• Create a user name and password on your authentication server.

Note: This procedure causes the printer to restart and be unavailable over the network for several

minutes.

Configuring 802.1x

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click 802.1x.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. For 802.1x, select Enabled.

4. For Authentication Method, select an option:

•EAP-MD5

•PEAP

•EAP-MSCHAPv2

•EAP-TLS

5. If you select EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2 or PEAP, the Credentials option appears. Enter the

required details in the Username and Password fields.

6. To upload a root certificate:, do the following steps.

a. For Upload Root Certificate, to locate and select the file, click Browse or Choose File.

b. Click Upload.

7. To upload a client certificate, do the following steps.

a. To locate and select the Client Certificate, for Upload Client Certificate, click Browse or

Choose File.

b. To assign a private password, for Private Key Password, type a password.

c. Click Upload.

8. Click Apply.

Displaying or Hiding Network Settings

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

263

Displaying or Hiding Network Settings

You can show or hide the IPv4 address or host name of the printer on the control panel touch screen.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Display Network Settings.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To show network information, select Show IPv4 Address or Show Host Name. To hide network

information, select Hide Network Information.

4. Click Apply.

System Timeout

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

264

System Timeout

You can specify how long the printer waits to log out an inactive user.

Setting System Timeout Values

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click System Timeout.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. For Local User Interface System Timer, enter the time that the printer waits before it resets

settings to the default options and logs out inactive users from the Local User Interface.

4. For Web System Timer, type the amount of time the system waits before it resets settings to the

default options and logs out inactive users from the Web User Interface.

5. Click Apply.

USB Port Security

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

265

USB Port Security

You can prevent unauthorized access to the printer through USB ports by disabling the ports.

Note: If USB ports are disabled, you cannot update the software or print from a USB Flash drive.

Enabling or Disabling USB Ports

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click USB Port Security.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To enable a port, for the port, select the check box.

4. To disable a port, for the port, clear the check box.

5. Click Apply.

Restricting Access to the Web User Interface

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

266

Restricting Access to the Web User Interface

You can lock the Web User Interface for the device. When the Web User Interface is locked, all areas of

the Web User Interface are inaccessible until users logs in. When the Web User Interface is unlocked,

users can access all areas of the Web User Interface, except for areas that require administrator login.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Security Settings.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To restrict access to the Web User Interface, for Lock WebUI, select the check box. To allow access

to the Web interface, clear the check box.

4. Click Apply.

Software Verification Test

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

267

Software Verification Test

You can test the printer software to confirm that it is operating correctly. The test checks software files

to confirm that they are not corrupt. If the printer software appears to function improperly, a Xerox

representative can ask you to perform this test.

1. In Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services, click Properties



Security.

2. Click Software Verification Test.

Note: If prompted to enter a user name and password, for information about logging in as an

administrator, refer to Accessing the Xerox

CentreWare

Internet Services Administrator Account.

3. To begin the test, click Start Test.

4. To interrupt and cancel the test, click Cancel.

5. A message displays to indicate the results of the test. Click Close.

Note:

•You can continue to use the device while the test is running.

•If the test fails, the software files are corrupt. It is recommended that you reinstall the

software. For help, contact a Xerox representative.

Software Verification Test

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

268

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

269

Specifications

This chapter includes:

• Printer Specifications ................................................................................................................................................. 270

• Feature Specifications ............................................................................................................................................... 274

• Network Environment ................................................................................................................................................ 277

• System Requirements ................................................................................................................................................ 278

• Electrical Specifications ............................................................................................................................................ 279

• Environmental Specifications ................................................................................................................................. 280

Printer Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

270

Printer Specifications

Standard Configuration

Feature Specification

Standard Functions Print, Copy, Scan, Email, Fax, USB

Automatic 2-Sided Printing

Hardware Configuration 600 mHz Processor

256 MB Memory

Automatic Document Feeder

Main Paper Tray, Manual Feed Slot

Touch Screen User Interface

Connectivity Wired network

Wireless

Direct Connect USB

Access From the front

Print Speed • Up to 31 ppm on Letter (215 x 279 mm)

• Up to 30 ppm on A4 (210 x 297 mm)

2-Sided Print Speed Up to 15 images per minute on Letter (215 x 279

mm) and A4 (210 x 297 mm)

First Print Out Time As fast as 8.5 seconds from Ready status

Warm Up Time Less than 32 seconds from Sleep mode

Printer Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

271

Physical Specifications

Weights and Dimensions

Clearance Requirements

Item Specification

Width 15.8 inches (401 mm)

Depth 15.6 inches (397 mm)

Height 14.4 inches (365 mm)

Weight 25.24 lb (11.45 kg)

60.1 cm

(23.7 in)

90.2 cm

(35.5 in)

69 cm

27.2 in

10 cm

(3.9 in.)

36 cm

(14.2 in.) 10 cm

(3.9 in.)

10 cm

(3.9 in.)

Printer Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

272

Media Specifications

Main Paper Tray 1

Manual Feed Slot

Feature Specification

Capacity 250 sheets 20 lb (80

g/m²

) paper

Media Types Plain, Heavy weight, Light weight, Recycled,

Cardstock, Bond, Archive

Media Weights 16 - 43 lb (60 to 163

g/m²)

Media Sizes A4, A5, A6, Letter, Legal, Executive, Folio, Oficio, ISO

B5, JIS B5

Feature Specification

Capacity 1 sheet

Media Types Plain, Heavy weight, Light weight, Cotton, Colored,

Pre-Printed, Recycled, Transparency, Label, Cardstock,

Bond, Archive, Thicker, Envelope

Media Weights 16 - 58 lb (60 to 220 g/m²

)

Media Size Range Standard Sizes:

• A4, A5, Letter, Legal, Executive, Folio, Oficio, ISO

B5, JIS B5, A6,

• Envelope Monarch, Com-10, DL, C5, C6, Postcard

4 x 6

Custom Sizes:

• Minimum Size: 3 x 5 inch (76 x 127 mm)

• Maximum Size: 8.5 x 14 inch (216 x 356 mm)

Printer Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

273

Duplex Unit

Automatic Document Feeder

Media Output

Feature Specification

Media Weights 16 - 32 lb (60 to 120 g/m²

)

Media Sizes A4, Letter, Oficio, Folio, Legal

Media Types Plain Paper, Light weight, Heavy weight, Recycled

Feature Specification

Capacity Up to 40 sheets 20 lb (80 g/m²)

Paper Weights 16 - 28 lb (60 to 105

g/m²)

Paper Sizes • Width: 5.8 - 8.5 inches (148 - 216 mm)

• Length: 5.8 - 14.0 inches (148 - 356 mm)

Automatic Document Feeder Speed • A4: 30 mono images per minute

• Letter: 31 mono images per minute

• A4: 20 color images per minute

• Letter: 21 color images per minute

Feature Specification

Output Tray Capacity 120 sheets of 20 lb (80 g/m²) face down

Rear Cover Capacity 1 sheet face up

Feature Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

274

Feature Specifications

Print Features

Feature Specification

Speed • 1-Sided Letter: 31 ppm

•1-Sided A4: 30 ppm

•2-Sided Letter: 15 ppm

•2-Sided A4: 15 ppm

Maximum Print Area 8.5 x 14 inches US Legal (216 mm x 356 mm)

Maximum Print Resolution • True: 600 x 600 dpi

• Effective Output: up to 1200 x 1200 dpi

Toner Cartridge Average Yields • Standard Toner Cartridge: 1500 standard prints

Note: Not available in all regions.

• High Toner Cartridge: 3000 standard prints

• Starter Toner Cartridge: 1500 standard prints for

220V devices and 1000 standard prints for 110V

devices

Standard Printer Memory 256 MB

Compatibility Windows PC / MAC / Linux

PDL / PCL PCL5e, PCL6, Postscript 3

Feature Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

275

Fax Features

Copy Features

Feature Specification

Fax Transmission Speed 33.6 Kbps

Telephone Line Type Standard public analogue switched telephone line or

equivalent

PSTN, PABX

Communication Standard ITU-T, G3, ECM

Maximum Resolution Capability 300 x 300 dpi

Effective Scanning Width 8.5 inches (216 mm)

Maximum Print Width 8.5 inches (216 mm)

Connection Approvals • EU/EEA: certified to TBR21

• USA: approved to FCC Pt 68

• Canada: approved to DOC CS-03

• Other countries: certified to national PTT

standards

Feature Specification

First Copy Out Time In Standby Mode:

• Automatic Document Feeder: Less than 15

seconds

• Document Glass: Less than 14 seconds

In Power Save Mode: 42 seconds

Zoom Range 25% to 400%

Maximum Resolution • Automatic Document Feeder: Up to 600 x 600 dpi

• Document Glass: Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi

Multi Copy 1 - 99

Copy Speeds Single Original, Multiple Copies:

•31 cpm Letter

• 30 cpm A4

Multiple Original, Single Copy:

•21 cpm Letter

• 20 cpm A4

Feature Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

276

Scan Features

Feature Specification

Maximum Document Width 8.5 inches (216 mm)

Effective Scan Width 8.2 inches (208 mm)

Maximum Resolution • Automatic Document Feeder: Up to 600 x 600 dpi

optical

• Document Glass: Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi optical

• Effective Output: Up to 4800 x 4800 dpi

Scan to PC via USB or network connection Yes

Scan Speeds 30 - 17 images per minute depending on scan mode

Scan Send Modes Black and White, Grayscale, and Color

Grayscale 256 levels

Compatibility TWAIN Standard, WIA Standard

Network Environment

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

277

Network Environment

Item Specifications

Network interface • Ethernet 10/100 Base-TX Wired LAN

• 802.11b/g/n Wireless LAN

Print from USB Yes

Apple Airprint

Yes

Google Cloud Print

Yes

Network operating system • Windows

7 - 10

• Windows

Server 2008, 2008 R2, 2012, 2012 R2,

2016, 2019

•Various Linux OS

• Mac OS X 10.9 ~ 10.14

Network protocols • TCP/IPv4, TPC/IPv6

•DHCP, BOOTP

• DNS, WINS, DDNS, Bonjour, SLP, UPnP

• Standard TCP/IP Printing (RAW), LPR, IPP, WSD

• SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP, IPSec

System Requirements

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

278

System Requirements

Operating System CPU RAM Free HDD

Space

Windows Server

2008 (32/64 bit) Intel

Pentium

IV 1 GHz

(Pentium IV 2 GHz)

512 MB

(2 GB)

10 GB

Windows

7 - 10

(32/64 bit)

Intel

Pentium

IV 1 GHz 32-bit

or 64-bit processor or higher

1 GB (2 GB) 16 GB

• Support for DirectX

9 graphics with 128 MB memory (to

enable the Aero theme).

•DVD-R/W Drive

Windows

Server 2008, 2008 R2, 2012,

2012 R2, 2016, 2019

(64 bit)

Intel

Pentium

IV 1 GHz (x86)

or 1.4 GHz (x64) processors (2

GHz or faster)

512 MB

(2 GB)

10 GB

Note:

• Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher is the minimum requirement for all Windows operating systems.

• Users who have administrator rights can install the software.

• Windows Terminal Services is compatible with your machine.

Mac OS X 10.9 ~ 10.14 Intel

processors 2 GB 4 GB

Linux

• Fedora 15 - 26

• OpenSuSE

11.2, 11.4, 12.1, 12.2, 12.3,

13.1, 13.2, 42.1, 15.2

• Ubuntu 11.10, 12.04, 12.10, 13.04,

13.10, 14.04, 14.10, 15.04, 15.10, 16.04,

16.10, 17.04, 17.10, 18.04, 18.10

• Debian 6, 7, 8, 9

•Redhat

Enterprise Linux 5, 6, 7

• SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 10, 11, 12

• Mint 15, 16, 17, 17.1

Pentium IV 2.4GHz

(Intel Core™2)

512 MB

(1 GB)

1 GB

(2 GB)

Electrical Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

279

Electrical Specifications

Feature Specification

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Electrical Voltage 110 - 127 VAC & 220 - 240 VAC

Average Power Consumption • Power Save mode: 1.1 Watts

• Stand By mode: Less than 50 Watts

• Sleep mode: 1.4 Wh

•Ready mode: 55 Wh

• Average Operation - Continuous Printing: less

than 500 Wh

Environmental Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

280

Environmental Specifications

Feature Specification

Operating Temperature (printer and consumables) 10 - 50

C (50 - 122

Relative Humidity Optimal humidity range: 30 - 80%

Note: Under extreme environmental conditions, such

as 10

C and 90% relative humidity, issues can occur

due to condensation.

Elevation For optimum performance, use the printer at

elevations below 3100 M (10,170 ft.).

Environmental Specifications

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

281

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

282

Regulatory Information

This appendix contains:

• Basic Regulations ......................................................................................................................................................... 283

• Copy Regulations ......................................................................................................................................................... 289

• Fax Regulations ............................................................................................................................................................ 292

• Safety Certification ..................................................................................................................................................... 296

• Material Safety Data .................................................................................................................................................. 297

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

283

Basic Regulations

Xerox has tested this device to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are

designed to mitigate interference caused or received by this device in a typical office environment.

United States FCC Regulations

This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to

Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful

interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates,

uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the equipment is not installed and used in accordance

with these instructions, it can cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this

equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference. Users are required to correct the

interference at their own expense. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or

television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is

encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiver.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.

Changes or modifications to this equipment not approved by Xerox can void the authority of the user

to operate this equipment.

Note: To ensure compliance with Part 15 of the FCC rules, use shielded interface cables.

Canada

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

284

European Union

The CE mark applied to this printer symbolizes a declaration of conformity by Xerox with

the following applicable Directives of the European Union as of April 16, 2014: Radio

Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU.

Hereby, Xerox declares that the radio equipment model B215 is in compliance with Directive

2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following Internet

address: www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

This printer, if used properly in accordance with the instructions, is not dangerous for the consumer or

the environment.

WARNING:

• Changes or modifications to this equipment not specifically approved by the Xerox

Corporation can void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

• External radiation from Industrial, Scientific, and Medical (ISM) equipment can interfere with

the operation of this Xerox device. If external radiation from ISM equipment interferes with

this device, contact your Xerox representative for assistance.

• This is a Class A digital device. In a domestic environment, this printer can cause radio

frequency interference, in which case the user can be required to take adequate measures.

• To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.

European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement

Environmental Information

Environmental Information Providing Environmental Solutions and

Reducing Cost

The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the

European Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging

Equipment. This requires manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products

and supports the EU action plan on energy efficiency.

In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria.

• Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per

minute

• Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

285

Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing

Most Xerox devices have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you to

print on both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable

resources by reducing your paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that

on models greater than or equal to 40 ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the

duplex function has been auto enabled, during the setup and driver installation. Some Xerox models

below these speed bands may also be enabled with 2-sided printing settings defaulted on at the time

of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the environmental impact of your work.

However, should you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the print

driver.

Paper Types

This device can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental

stewardship scheme, which complies with EN 12281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper

(60 g/m

), which contains less raw material and thus save resources per print, may be used in certain

applications. We encourage you to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.

ENERGY STAR - European Union Information

For additional information on energy or other related topics, go to www.xerox.com/environment or

www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

The ENERGY STAR program is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and

purchase of energy efficient models, which help to reduce environmental impact.

Details on the ENERGY STAR program and models qualified to ENERGY STAR can be

found at the following Web site: www.energystar.gov.

The Xerox B215 Multifunction Printer is ENERGY STAR

qualified under the Energy

STAR Program Requirements for Imaging Equipment.

The ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR MARK are registered United States

trademarks. The ENERGY STAR Imaging Equipment Program is a team effort

between U.S., European Union, and Japanese governments and the office

equipment industry to promote energy-efficient copiers, printers, fax, multifunction

machines, personal computers, and monitors. Reducing device energy consumption

helps combat smog, acid rain, and long-term changes to the climate by decreasing

the emissions that result from generating electricity.

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

286

Power Consumption and Activation Time

The amount of electricity that a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This device is

designed and configured to enable you to reduce your electricity usage.

Power Saver modes are enabled on your device to reduce energy consumption. After the last print, the

device transitions to Ready mode. In this mode, the device can print again immediately. If the device is

not used for a specified period, the device transitions to Low Power mode, then to Sleep mode. In these

modes, to enable reduced-power consumption, only essential functions remain active.

The device takes longer to produce the first print after it exits the Power Saver modes than it takes to

print in Ready mode. This delay is the result of the system waking up and is typical of most imaging

devices on the market.You can set a longer activation time or completely deactivate the Power Saver

mode. This device can take longer to switch to a lower energy level.

To change the Power Saver settings, refer to Power Management Settings.

Note: Changing the default Power Saver activation times can result in an overall higher energy

consumption of the device. Before you turn off Power Saver modes or set a long activation time,

consider the increase in device power consumption.

To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, go to:

www.xerox.com/environment

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

287

Eco Certified to Office Machines CCD-035

Germany

Germany - Blue Angel

Blendschutz

Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz

vorgesehen. Um störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt

nicht im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

Larmemission

Maschinenlärminformatians-Verordnung3 . GPSGV: Der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A)

oder weniger gemäß EN ISO 7779.

Importeur

Xerox GmbH

Hellersbergstraße 2-4

41460 Neuss

Deutschland

This product is certified to EcoLogo standard for office machines, meeting all requirements for

reduced environmental impact. As part of achieving certification, Xerox Corporation has proven this

product meets the EcoLogo criteria for energy efficiency. Certified copier, printer, multifunctional

device, and fax products must also meet criteria such as reduced chemical emissions and

demonstrate compatibility with recycled supplies. EcoLogo was established in 1988 to help

consumers find products and services with reduced environmental impacts. EcoLogo is a voluntary,

multiattribute, and lifecycle-based environmental certification. This certification indicates that a

product has undergone rigorous scientific testing, exhaustive auditing, or both, to prove its

compliance with stringent, third-party, environmental performance standards.

RAL, the German Institute for Quality Assurance and Labeling, has awarded

this device the Blue Angel Environmental Label. This label distinguishes it as

a device that satisfies Blue Angel criteria for environmental acceptability in

terms of device design, manufacture, and operation.

For more information, go to: www.blauer-engel.de.

Basic Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

288

Turkey RoHS Reg ulation

In compliance with Article 7 (d). We hereby certify:

"It is compliant with the EEE Regulation."

“EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur.”

Eurasian Economic Community Certification

Regulatory information for 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN Module

This product contains a 2.4 Ghz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the

requirements specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-210 and EEuropean Council Directive

2014/53/EU.

Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

2. Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may

void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

Ozone Release

This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on

print volume. Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone.

Install the printer in a well-ventilated room.

For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment. In other

markets, please contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

Russia, Belarus, and Kazakhstan are working to establish a common customs union,

the Eurasian Economic Community, or EurAsEC. The Eurasian Economic Community

members anticipate sharing a common regulatory scheme and common EurAsEC

certification mark, the EAC Mark.

Copy Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

289

Copy Regulations

United States

Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain

circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such

reproductions.

1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:

• Certificates of Indebtedness

• National Bank Currency

• Coupons from Bonds

• Federal Reserve Bank Notes

• Silver Certificates

• Gold Certificates

• United States Bonds

•Treasury Notes

• Federal Reserve Notes

•Fractional Notes

• Certificates of Deposit

•Paper Money

• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA, etc.

• Bonds (U.S. Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection

with the campaign for the sale of such bonds.)

• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a

canceled revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is

performed for lawful purposes.

• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be

photographed, provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more

than 150% of the linear dimensions of the original.

• Postal Money Orders.

• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.

• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or

may be issued under any Act of Congress.

• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.

2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.

3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the

reproduction falls within the fair use or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright law.

Further information about these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of

Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.

4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be

photographed.

Copy Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

290

5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.

6. Immigration papers.

7. Draft Registration Cards.

8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following registrant information:

• Earnings or Income

•Court Record

• Physical or Mental Condition

• Dependency Status

• Previous Military Service

Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.

9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of

the various Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, etc. (Unless photograph is ordered by the

head of such department or bureau.)

Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:

• Automobile Licenses

•Drivers’ Licenses

• Automobile Certificates of Title

The above list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of

doubt, consult your attorney.

For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress,

Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.

Canada

Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain

circumstances. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such

reproductions.

• Current bank notes or current paper money.

• Obligations or securities of a government or bank.

• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper.

• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or

of a court of law.

• Proclamations, orders, regulations or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause

same to purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer

for a province).

• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of

a province, the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission or

agency established by the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state

other than Canada.

• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or

of a province or by the government of a state other than Canada.

Copy Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

291

10. Documents, registers or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing

certified copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof.

11. Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright

or trademark owner.

This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is

assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.

Other Countries

Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be

imposed on those found guilty of making such reproductions:

•Currency notes

• Bank notes and cheques

• Bank and government bonds and securities

• Passports and identification cards

• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner

• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments

This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of

doubt, contact your legal counsel.

Fax Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

292

Fax Regulations

United States

Fax Send Header Requirements

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or

other electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly

contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the

transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business or other entity, or other

individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,

other entity or individual. The telephone number provided may not be a 900 number or any other

number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges.

Data Coupler Information

This device complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative

Council for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this device is a label that contains, among

other information, a device identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number

must be provided to the Telephone Company.

A plug and jack used to connect this device to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply

with the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone

cord and modular plug is provided with this device. It is designed to be connected to a compatible

modular jack that is also compliant. See installation instructions for details.

You may safely connect the machine to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the

compliant telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. See installation

instructions for details.

The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that can be

connected to a telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line could result in the devices not

ringing in response to an incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed

five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that can be connected to a line, as determined by the

RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. For products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN is part

of the product identifier that has the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the

REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of 0.3). For earlier products, the REN is

separately shown on the label.

To order the correct service from the local telephone company, you may also have to quote the codes

listed below:

• Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2

• Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y

Fax Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

293

CAUTION: Ask your local telephone company for the modular jack type installed on your line.

Connecting this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment.

You, not Xerox, assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection

of this machine to an unauthorized jack.

If this Xerox device causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company will notify you in

advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not

practical, the Telephone Company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised

of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that

could affect the operation of the device. If this happens, the Telephone Company will provide advance

notice in order for you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

If you experience trouble with this Xerox device, for repair or warranty information, contact the

appropriate service center; details of which are displayed either on the machine or contained within

the User Guide. If the device is causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may

request that you disconnect the device until the problem is resolved.

Only a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox Service provider is authorized to make

repairs to the printer. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If

unauthorized repair is performed, the remainder of the warranty period is null and void.

This device must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs.

Contact the state public utility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for

information.

Your office could have specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line. Make sure

that the installation of this Xerox

equipment does not disable your alarm equipment.

If you have questions about what could disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or

a qualified installer.

Canada

This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.

A representative designated by the supplier should coordinate repairs to certified equipment. Repairs

or alterations made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, could cause the

telecommunications company to request you to disconnect the equipment.

For user protection, make sure that the printer is properly grounded. The electrical ground connections

of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, must be

connected together. This precaution could be vital in rural areas.

WARNING: Do not attempt to make such connections yourself. Contact the appropriate electric

inspection authority, or electrician, to make the ground connection.

Fax Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

294

The REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals

allowed to be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface could consist of any

combination of devices. The only limitation to the number of devices is the requirement that the sum

of the RENs of the devices does not exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value, see the label on the

equipment.

Canada CS-03 Issue 9

This product has been tested to and is compliant with CS–03 issue 9.

European Union

Radio Equipment & Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive

This device has been designed to work with the national public switched telephone networks and

compatible PBX devices of the following countries:

If you have problems with your product, contact your local Xerox representative. This product can be

configured to be compatible with other country networks. Before reconnecting the device to a network

in another country, contact your Xerox representative for assistance.

Note:

•Although this product can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF tone signaling,

Xerox recommends that you use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and

faster call setup.

•Modification of this product, or connection to external control software or control

apparatus not authorized by Xerox, invalidates its certification.

Pan-European Analog PSTN and Compatible PBX Certifications

Austria

Greece Netherlands

Belgium

Hungary Norway

Bulgaria

Iceland Poland

Cyprus

Ireland Portugal

Czech Republic

Italy Romania

Denmark

Latvia Slovakia

Estonia

Liechtenstein Slovenia

Finland

Lithuania Spain

France

Luxembourg Sweden

Germany

Malta United Kingdom

Fax Regulations

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

295

New Zealand

1. The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has

accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It

indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, it does not provide any sort of warranty, and

it does not imply that any Telepermitted product is compatible with all Telecom network services.

Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another

item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model.

The equipment may not be capable of correct operation at the higher data speeds designated.

33.6 kbps and 56 kbps connections are likely to be restricted to lower bit rates when connected to

some PSTN implementations. Telecom will accept no responsibility for difficulties that arise in

such circumstances.

2. Immediately disconnect this equipment should it become physically damaged, then arrange for

its disposal or repair.

3. This modem shall not be used in any manner which could constitute a nuisance to other Telecom

customers.

4. This device is equipped with pulse dialing, while the Telecom standard is DTMF tone dialing. There

is no guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing.

5. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, may

give rise to bell tinkle, or noise, and cause a false answer condition. If you encounter such

problems, do not contact the Telecom Faults Service.

6. DTMF tone dialing is the preferred method because it is faster than pulse (decadic) dialing and is

readily available on almost all New Zealand telephone exchanges.

WARNING: No ‘111’ or other calls can be made from this device during a mains power failure.

7. This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected

to the same line.

8. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom Telepermit requirements are dependent

on the equipment (computer) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set

to operate within the following limits for compliance with Telecom Specifications:

For repeat calls to the same number:

• There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute

period for any single manual call initiation, and

• The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of

one attempt and the beginning of the next attempt.

For automatic calls to different numbers:

The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such

that there is no less than five seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of

another.

9. For correct operation, total of the RENs of all devices connected to a single line at any time should

not exceed five.

Safety Certification

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

296

Safety Certification

This device is certified by the following agencies using the following safety standards.

Agency Standard

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (US/Canada) UL 60950-1, 2nd Edition, 2014-10-14

CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-07, 2nd Edition,

2014-10

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (Europe) IEC 60950-1:2005 + A1:2009 + A2:2013 EN

60950-1:2006 + A11:2009 + A1:2010 + A12:2011 +

A2:2013

Material Safety Data

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

297

Material Safety Data

For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:

•North America: www.xerox.com/msds

•European Union: www.xerox.com/environment_europe

For the Customer Support Center phone numbers, go to www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

Material Safety Data

Xerox

B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

298

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

299

Recycling and Disposal

This appendix contains:

• All Countries ................................................................................................................................................................... 300

• North America .............................................................................................................................................................. 301

• European Union ........................................................................................................................................................... 302

• Other Countries ............................................................................................................................................................ 304

All Countries

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

300

All Countries

If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox product, please note that the printer may contain lead,

mercury, perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal may be regulated due to environmental

considerations. The presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at

the time that the product was placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact

your local authorities. This product may contain one or more Perchlorate-containing devices, such as

batteries. Special handling may apply. Please see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

North America

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

301

North America

Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox representative

(call 1-800-ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program. For more information

about Xerox environmental programs, visit www.xerox.com/environment, or for local recycling and

disposal information, contact your local authorities.

European Union

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

302

European Union

Some equipment may be used in both a domestic/household and a professional/business application.

Domestic/Household Environment

Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you should not dispose

of the equipment in the normal household waste stream.

In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to

disposal must be segregated from household waste. Private households within EU member states may

return used electrical and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of charge. Please

contact your local disposal authority for information. In some member states, when you purchase new

equipment, your local retailer may be required to take back your old equipment free of charge. Please

ask your retailer for information.

Professional/Business Environment

Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of this

equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures.

In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to

disposal must be managed within agreed procedures. Prior to disposal, please contact your local

reseller or Xerox representative for end of life take-back information.

Collection and Disposal of Equipment and Batteries

These symbols on the products and/or accompanying documents mean that used

electrical and electronic products and batteries should not be mixed with general

household waste. For proper treatment, recovery, and recycling of old products and used

batteries, please take them to applicable collection points, in accordance with your

national legislation and the Directive 2002/96/EC and 2006/66/EC.

By disposing of these products and batteries correctly, you will help to save valuable resources and

prevent any potential negative effects on human health and the environment which could otherwise

arise from inappropriate waste handling. For more information about collection and recycling of old

products and batteries, please contact your local municipality, your waste disposal service, or the point

of sale where you purchased the items. Penalties may be applicable for incorrect disposal of this waste,

in accordance with national legislation.

European Union

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

303

Business Users in the European Union

If you wish to discard electrical and electronic equipment, please contact your dealer or supplier for

further information.

Disposal Outside of the European Union

These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you wish to discard these items, please contact

your local authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.

Battery Symbol Note

This wheeled bin symbol may be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This

establishes compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.

Battery Removal

Batteries should only be replaced by a MANUFACTURER-approved service facility.

Other Countries

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

304

Other Countries

Please contact your local waste management authority to request disposal guidance.

Other Countries

Xerox® B215 Multifunction Printer

User Guide

305

Table of Contents

Xerox B215V User Manual

Related Manuals

Xerox C8000WV/DT Manual

Xerox 6515V/DN Manual

Xerox 6515V/DNI Manual

Xerox 6510V/DN Manual

Xerox B400V/DN Manual

Xerox B405V/DN Manual